← Back
Photocytotoxic kinetically stable ruthenium(II)-N,N-donor polypyridyl complexes of oxalate with anticancer activity against HepG2 liver cancer cells.
UC Santa Barbara
UC Santa Barbara Electronic Theses and Dissertations
Title
Dopant Transport and Distribution in Semicrystalline Conductive Polymers
Permalink
https://escholarship.org/uc/item/6m31714m
Author
Nguyen, Phong Hien
Publication Date
2023
Peer reviewed|Thesis/dissertation
eScholarship.org
Powered by the California Digital Library
University of California
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA
Santa Barbara
Dopant Transport and Distribution in Semicrystalline Conductive Polymers
A dissertation submitted in partial satisfaction of the
requirements for the degree Doctor of Philosophy
in Chemical Engineering
by
Phong Hien Nguyen
Committee in charge:
Professor Michael L. Chabinyc, Co-Chair
Professor Rachel A. Segalman, Co-Chair
Professor Christopher M. Bates
Professor Glenn H. Fredrickson
March 2024
The dissertation of Phong Hien Nguyen is approved.
____________________________________________
Professor Glenn H. Fredrickson
____________________________________________
Professor Christopher M. Bates
____________________________________________
Professor Rachel A. Segalman, Committee Co-Chair
____________________________________________
Professor Michael L. Chabinyc, Committee Co-Chair
December 2023
Dopant Transport and Distribution in Semicrystalline Conductive Polymers
Copyright © 2024
by
Phong Hien Nguyen
iii
Acknowledgements
Thank you to my loved ones, family members, colleagues, mentors, and friends. Your
unending support during this period of my life has made this accomplishment just as much
yours as it is mine.
iv
Curriculum Vitae
Phong Hien Nguyen
December 2023
EDUCATION
Doctor of Philosophy in Chemical Engineering, University of California, Santa Barbara, May
2024 (expected)
Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering, University of Missouri, Columbia, May 2019
PROFESSIONAL EMPLOYMENT
2019-2023: Teaching Assistant, Department of Chemical Engineering, University of
California, Santa Barbara
AWARDS
National Science Foundation Graduate Research Fellowship
Sept. 2021- Dec. 2023
PUBLICATIONS
14. Nguyen, P. H.; Callan, D. H.; Plunkett, E. C.; Gruschka, M.; Alizadeh, N.; Landsmann,
M. R.; Su, G.; Gann, E.; Bates, C. M.; Delongchamp, D.; Chabinyc, M. L. Dopant
Distributions in Semicrystalline Conjugated Polymers from Resonant X-Ray Scattering.
In preparation.
13. Choi, Y-J.; Warnock, S.; Alizadeh, N.; Nguyen, P. H.; Kottage, D.; Phillips, O.; Chen,
Z.; Chabinyc, M. L.; Bates, C. M. Acid-Sensitive Molecular Glasses as Removable ThinFilm Protective Layers. Chem. Mater. 2023, 35 (23), 10078-10085.
12. Oh, S.; Nguyen, P. H.; Tran, T. M.; DeStefano, A. J.; Tagami, K.; Yuan, D.; Nikolaev,
A.; Condarcure, M.; Han, S.; Alaniz, J. R. de; Chabinyc, M. L. Interfacial Doping of
Semiconducting Polymers with Phenothiazine-Based Polymeric Ionic Liquids. J. Mater.
Chem. C 2023, 11 (44), 15435-15442.
11. Pace, G.; Zele, A.; Nguyen, P. H.; Clément, R. J.; Segalman, R. A. Mixed Ion–ElectronConducting Polymer Complexes as High-Rate Battery Binders. Chem. Mater. 2023, 35
(19), 8101–8111.
10. Le, M. L.; Lapkriengkri, I.; Albanese, K. R.; Nguyen, P. H.; Tran, C.; Blankenship, J. R.;
Segalman, R. A.; Bates, C. M.; Chabinyc, M. L. Engineering Soft, Elastic, and Conductive
Polymers for Stretchable Electronics Using Ionic Compatibilization. Chem. Mater. 2023,
35 (17), 7301–7310.
v
9. Pace, G.; Nordness, O.; Nguyen, P. H.; Choi, Y.-J.; Tran, C.; Clément, R. J.; Segalman,
R. A. Tuning Transport via Interaction Strength in Cationic Conjugated Polyelectrolytes.
Macromolecules 2023, 56 (15), 6078–6085.
8. Nguyen, P. H.*; Scheuermann, A. M.*; Nikolaev, A.; Chabinyc, M. L.; Bates, C. M.;
Read de Alaniz, J. Reversible Modulation of Conductivity in Azobenzene Polyelectrolytes
Using Light. ACS Appl. Polym. Mater. 2023, 5 (7), 4698-4703. (*equal contribution)
7. Nguyen, P. H.; Schmithorst, M. B.; Mates, T. E.; Segalman, R. A.; Chabinyc, M.
Diffusion of Brønsted Acidic Dopants in Conjugated Polymers. J. Mater. Chem. C 2023,
11 (22), 7462–7470.
6. Yuan, D.; Plunkett, E.; Nguyen, P. H.; Rawlings, D.; Le, M. L.; Kroon, R.; Müller, C.;
Segalman, R. A.; Chabinyc, M. L. Double Doping of Semiconducting Polymers Using
Ion-Exchange with a Dianion. Advanced Functional Materials 2023, 33 (29), 2300934.
5. Zokaei, S.; Kim, D.; Järsvall, E.; Fenton, A. M.; Weisen, A. R.; Hultmark, S.; Nguyen,
P. H.; Matheson, A. M.; Lund, A.; Kroon, R.; Chabinyc, M. L.; Enrique, G. D.;
Zozoulenko, I.; Müller, C. Tuning of the Elastic Modulus of a Soft Polythiophene
through Molecular Doping. Materials Horizons 2022, 9 (1), 433–443.
4. Thomas, E. M.; Nguyen, P. H.; Jones, S. D.; Chabinyc, M. L.; Segalman, R. A. Electronic,
Ionic, and Mixed Conduction in Polymeric Systems. Annual Review of Materials
Research 2021, 51 (1), 1–20.
3. Torres Dominguez, E.; Nguyen, P. H.; Hylen, A.; Maschmann, M. R.; Mustapha, A.;
Hunt, H. K. Design and Characterization of Mechanically Stable, Nanoporous TiO2 Thin
Film Antimicrobial Coatings for Food Contact Surfaces. Materials Chemistry and Physics
2020, 251, 123001.
2. Beaudette, C. A.; Held, J. T.; Greenberg, B. L.; Nguyen, P. H.; Concannon, N. M.;
Holmes, R. J.; Mkhoyan, K. A.; Aydil, E. S.; Kortshagen, U. R. Plasmonic
Nanocomposites of Zinc Oxide and Titanium Nitride. Journal of Vacuum Science &
Technology A 2020, 38 (4), 042404.
1. Torres Dominguez, E.; Nguyen, P. H.; Hunt, H. K.; Mustapha, A. Antimicrobial Coatings
for Food Contact Surfaces: Legal Framework, Mechanical Properties, and Potential
Applications. Comprehensive Reviews in Food Science and Food Safety 2019, 18 (6),
1825–1858.
vi
Abstract
Dopant Transport and Distribution in Semicrystalline Conductive Polymers
by
Phong Hien Nguyen
Ionically and electronically conducting polymers are celebrated for their distinct electronic
characteristics, flexibility, and processability, making them vital in diverse fields such as ion
exchange membranes, energy devices, and biomedical technologies. This dissertation delves
into polymeric charge conduction materials, distinguishing them based on the type of charge
carriers involved: ions, electronic charge carriers (polarons), or a combination of both. The
study differentiates between electronic doping, which introduces polaronic and ionic charges,
and purely ionic doping, achieved by adding small-molecule salts to introduce ionic charges.
The first section of the study explores the structure-property relationships, illustrating how
disordered polymer domains are linked to ionic charge carrier conduction and ordered
domains to electronic conductivity. This section emphasizes the significance of the
coexistence of these different phases within a single material, which facilitates mixed
conduction.
A focal point of the research is the investigation of doping processes in polymers. The
dissertation's second chapter examines the nuances of electronic doping, particularly the
mechanisms of Brønsted acid-induced oxidation in conjugated polymer thin films. This
vii
investigation reveals that such doping leads to self-limiting diffusion, resulting in stable
dopant concentration gradients, optimal for creating heterojunctions. Subsequently, the
dissertation pivots to polyelectrolyte design, examining the interactions between ionic charge
carriers (Li+) and photoresponsive azo moieties attached to a polymer backbone. A notable
discovery here is that semicrystalline polymers can achieve up to sevenfold higher
conductivity than their amorphous counterparts due to Li+ complexation, challenging the
conventional wisdom that favors disorder for enhanced ionic conductivity. The final major
contribution of this work is the development of resonant scattering techniques for
simultaneous examination of both amorphous and crystalline domains in polymers. This
method provides deep insights into the dopant ion distribution within different polymer
domains. The research establishes a methodology for predicting polarized resonant soft X-ray
scattering contrast, which resolves aspects of structure, orientation, and chemistry. The
findings indicate that dopant counterions preferentially localize within ordered domains at
equilibrium, with variations in localization dependent on dopant concentrations and chemical
structure. In summary, this dissertation significantly advances our understanding of dopantpolymer interactions in ionically and electronically conducting polymers, highlighting the
complex interplay between structure and function in these materials and marking a noteworthy
advancement in the field of conductive polymers.
viii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Acknowledgements.......................................................................................................iv
Curriculum Vitae ........................................................................................................... v
Abstract ....................................................................................................................... vii
Chapter 1 – Introduction ................................................................................................ 1
1.1 Abstract .................................................................................................. 1
1.2 Introduction............................................................................................ 1
1.3 The principles of mixed conduction ...................................................... 4
1.3.1 Transport fundamentals ................................................................ 4
1.3.2 Ionically conducting polymers ..................................................... 9
1.3.3 Electronically conducting polymers ........................................... 15
1.4 Ionic, electronic, and mixed conduction figures of merit .................... 21
1.4.1 Ionic transport ............................................................................. 21
1.4.2 Electronic transport ..................................................................... 22
1.4.3 Mixed conducting systems ......................................................... 23
1.4.4 Measurement methods ................................................................ 27
1.5 Emerging areas in mixed conduction .................................................. 29
1.5.1 Dynamic structural and morphological disorder ........................ 29
1.5.2 Dielectric environment ............................................................... 31
1.5.3 Mechanical properties ................................................................. 32
1.6 Conclusions.......................................................................................... 33
1.7 Acknowledgements.............................................................................. 33
Chapter 2 – Diffusion of Brønsted Acidic Dopants in Conjugated Polymers ............. 35
ix
2.1 Abstract ................................................................................................ 35
2.2 Introduction.......................................................................................... 36
2.3 Results and Discussion ........................................................................ 38
2.3.1 Diffusion-limited thickness dependence of electrical conductivity38
2.3.2 Model of the Brønsted acidic doping process............................. 40
2.3.3 Reaction rate in the absence of diffusion limitations.................. 44
2.3.4 Stable dopant concentration gradients from diffusion-limited doping 48
2.3.5 Diffusion-reaction limited doping with increased film thickness51
2.3.6 Dopant transport limitations from concentration depth profiles . 54
2.3.7 Doping-induced structural changes at film surfaces ................... 56
2.4 Conclusions.......................................................................................... 59
2.5 Acknowledgements.............................................................................. 60
2.6 Appendix.............................................................................................. 61
2.6.1 Experimental methods ................................................................ 61
2.6.2 Kinetic models applied to UV-vis spectroscopy ........................ 63
2.6.3 High depth resolution DSIMS quantified via XPS ..................... 64
2.6.4 CP/MAS NMR of P3HT and Brønsted acid-doped P3HT ......... 70
2.6.5 Angle-Resolved GIWAXS of H/DTFSI-doped P3HT films ...... 72
2.6.6 AFM-measured texture of pristine and profiled P3HT films ..... 74
Chapter 3 – Reversible Modulation of Conductivity in Azobenzene Polyelectrolytes using
Light ............................................................................................................................. 77
3.1 Abstract ................................................................................................ 77
3.2 Introduction.......................................................................................... 78
x
3.3 Results and Discussion ........................................................................ 79
3.3.1 Design and Synthesis of Azobenzene-Containing Polymeric Ionic
Liquids ................................................................................................. 79
3.3.2 Photoisomerization of Poly(azobenzene) and Poly(azo-co-IL) .. 81
3.3.3 Azobenzene Enables Reversible, Light-Mediated Ionic Conductivity in
Polyelectrolytes.................................................................................... 83
3.3.4
Ionic
Liquid
Incorporation
Reduces
Azobenzene
Cis-Isomer
Metastability ........................................................................................ 84
3.3.5 Proposed Azo-Ion Coordination ................................................. 86
3.4 Conclusions.......................................................................................... 88
3.5 Acknowledgments ............................................................................... 88
3.6 Appendix.............................................................................................. 89
3.6.1 Experimental Methods ................................................................ 89
3.6.2 Synthesis of Poly(azobenzene) and Poly(azo-co-IL) ................. 90
3.6.3 Reactivity Ratios in Copolymerization of PFPA and AzoAcMe103
3.6.4 Differential Scanning Calorimetry of Poly(azobenzene) and Poly(azo-coIL) ...................................................................................................... 104
3.6.5 Impedance Spectroscopy of Poly(azobenzene) and Poly(azo-co-IL) Thin
Films .................................................................................................. 106
3.6.6 UV–Visible Spectroscopy of Poly(azobenzene) and Poly(azo-co-IL)
Thin Films .......................................................................................... 109
Chapter 4 – Dopant Distributions in Semicrystalline Conjugated Polymers from Resonant XRay Scattering ............................................................................................................ 113
xi
4.1 Abstract .............................................................................................. 113
4.2 Introduction........................................................................................ 114
4.4 Results and Discussion ...................................................................... 118
4.4.1 P3HT Films with Controlled Crystallinity and Dopant Counterion
Identity ............................................................................................... 118
4.4.2 Dopant Uptake with Varying Crystallinity and Counterion Identity
........................................................................................................... 121
4.4.3 Scattering Anisotropy as a Measure of Bonding, Morphology, and
Molecular Orientation of Doped P3HT Films ................................... 123
4.4.4 Orientational Self-Contrast Between Fibrillar Crystals ............ 125
4.4.5 Experimental Scattering Anisotropy Varies with Crystallinity and
Dopant Identity .................................................................................. 129
4.4.6 Modelling Dopants in Semicrystalline Polymers ..................... 133
4.4.7 Simulation-Aided Interpretation of Scattering Anisotropy ...... 136
4.5 Conclusions........................................................................................ 141
4.6 Appendix............................................................................................ 142
4.6.1 Materials and Methods ............................................................. 142
4.6.8 Summary of P3HT Blend Composition, Crystallinity, and Dopant
Counterion Concentration .................................................................. 146
4.6.9 Atomic Force Microscopy of Least and Most Crystalline P3HT Blend
........................................................................................................... 147
4.6.10 X-Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy Depth Profiling of Doped P3HT
Films .................................................................................................. 148
xii
4.6.11 Atomic Force Microscopy of F4TCNQ Vapor-Doped and TFSI- Anion
Exchanged Films ............................................................................... 151
4.6.12 XPS Survey Spectra of F4TCNQ Surface Layer on P3HT ..... 152
4.6.13 Fibril Orientations from Grazing Incidence Wide Angle X-Ray
Scattering (GIWAXS) ....................................................................... 153
4.6.14 Simulated Near edge X-ray Absorbance Fine Spectra ........... 158
4.6.15 Comparisons of Simulated and Experimentally Measured NEXAFS
........................................................................................................... 171
4.6.16 Effect of Annealing on Scattering Anisotropy ....................... 182
4.9.17 Experimental Scattering Anisotropy Across Blends and Doping183
4.6.18 Simulated Scattering Anisotropy Versus Dopant Distribution and
Orientation ......................................................................................... 186
Chapter 5 – Conclusions and Future Outlook............................................................ 190
References.................................................................................................................. 193
xiii
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1. Polymer ion conduction mechanisms ........................................................... 11
Figure 2. Temperature dependence of ion conduction mechanisms ............................ 13
Figure 3. Morphology of conjugated polymer crystallites .......................................... 17
Figure 4. Interfacial capacitance between crystalline and amorphous domains .......... 25
Figure 5. Platforms to characterize electronic and ionic transport .............................. 26
Figure 6. Dopant-induced ordering of regiorandom P3HT from GIWAXS ............... 31
Figure 7. Schematic of immersion doping process ...................................................... 38
Figure 8. Thickness dependent conductivity of immersion doped P3HT ................... 39
Figure 9. Proposed mechanism of Brønsted acid doping ............................................ 41
Figure 10. HTFSI immersion doping kinetics from in-situ UV-vis absorbance spectroscopy.
............................................................................................................................. 45
Figure 11. Concentration depth profiles of immersion doped P3HT films ................. 49
Figure 12. Diffusion-limited Brønsted acidic doping reaction fitting ......................... 52
Figure 13. Anomalous diffusion from time-correlated dopant uptake ........................ 54
Figure 14. Angle-dependent GIWAXS of surface-doped P3HT ................................. 58
Figure 15. Comparison of numerical and analytic kinetic model fits.......................... 63
Figure 16. Comparison of DSIMS and XPS fluorine depth profiles ........................... 65
Figure 17. Concentration depth profiles of H/DTFSI immersion-doped P3HT films . 66
Figure 18. D retention in DTFSI-doped P3HT films ................................................... 67
Figure 19. Concentration depth profile comparisons between DTFSI-doped annealed and
unannealed P3HT films ....................................................................................... 68
xiv
Figure 20. TFSI- diffusion in surface-doped P3HT past 1 week ................................. 69
Figure 21. Solid state CP/MAS 1H→13C NMR spectra of pristine and HTFSI-doped P3HT
............................................................................................................................. 70
Figure 22. Angle-Resolved GIWAXS for H/DTFSI-doped P3HT films .................... 72
Figure 23. Radially integrated scattering peaks from GIWAXS measurements of P3HT films
doped with HTFSI from the vapor phase. ........................................................... 74
Figure 24. AFM of pristine and sputtered HTFSI-doped P3HT film surfaces ............ 75
Figure 25. AFM of pristine and sputtered DTFSI-doped P3HT film surfaces ............ 76
Figure 26. A four-step synthesis of the poly(azo-co-IL) from AzoAcMe and PFPA. 81
Figure 27. UV-vis absorbance spectra of cis and trans poly(azo-co-IL) ..................... 82
Figure 28. Conductivity of cis/trans poly(azobenzene) and poly(azo-co-IL) ............. 84
Figure 29. Time-resolved conductivity relaxation of cis poly(azobenzene) and poly(azo-coIL) ........................................................................................................................ 85
Figure 30. Bathochromic shifts in cis poly(azobenzene) and poly(azo-co-IL) absorbance due
to ion coordination ............................................................................................... 87
Figure 31. Multi-step synthesis of AzoAcMe.............................................................. 90
Figure 32. 1H NMR spectrum of Azo-Me-OH in CDCl3. ........................................... 91
Figure 33. 1H NMR spectrum of Ac-Br in CDCl3. ...................................................... 92
Figure 34. 1H (top) and 13C[1H] (bottom) NMR spectra of AzoAcMe in CDCl3........ 94
Figure 35. Mass spectra of AzoAcMe. ........................................................................ 95
Figure 36. FT-IR spectra of AzoAcMe........................................................................ 95
Figure 37. Free-radical polymerization of AzoAcMe to poly(azobenzene). ............... 96
Figure 38. 1H NMR spectrum of the poly(azobenzene) in CDCl3. ............................. 97
xv
Figure 39. SEC of poly(azobenzene) ........................................................................... 97
Figure 40. Polymerization of PFPA and AzoAcMe measured using 19F and 1H NMR98
Figure 41. 1H NMR spectrum of the poly(azo-co-PFPA). .......................................... 99
Figure 42. 19F NMR spectrum of poly(azo-co-PFPA)............................................... 100
Figure 43. 1H NMR spectrum of the poly(azo-co-IL) in CDCl3. .............................. 101
Figure 44. 19F NMR spectrum of the poly(azo-co-IL) .............................................. 102
Figure 45. SEC of poly(azo-co-PFPA) and poly(azo-co-IL)..................................... 103
Figure 46. Reactivity ratios of PFPA and AzoAcMe ................................................ 104
Figure 47. Tg of poly(azobenzene) and poly(azo-co-IL) ........................................... 105
Figure 48. DSC traces of poly(azobenzene) and poly(azo-co-IL) ............................. 105
Figure 49. Microscope images of poly(azobenzene) and poly(azo-co-IL) on interdigitated
electrode array ................................................................................................... 107
Figure 50. Equivalent circuit fits to poly(azobenzene) and poly(azo-co-IL) Nyquist impedance
spectra ................................................................................................................ 108
Figure 51. Constant phase element evolution due to cis poly(azobenzene) relaxation109
Figure 52. UV-vis absorbance spectra of as-cast, cis, and trans poly(azobenzene) and
poly(azo-co-IL) .................................................................................................. 110
Figure 53. Relaxation of cis poly(azobenzene) and poly(azo-co-IL) via time-resolved UV-vis
spectroscopy ...................................................................................................... 112
Figure 54. Schematic of possible dopant distributions .............................................. 118
Figure 55. Control over aggregation via regio-regular/random P3HT blend composition
assessed from UV-vis absorbance spectra ......................................................... 120
xvi
Figure 56. Schematic depiction of F4TCNQ vapor doping and TFSI- anion exchange processes
with corresponding dopant concentrations as a function of sample crystallinity121
Figure 57. Experimental scattering anisotropy of P3HT ........................................... 124
Figure 58. Comparisons between observed and possible sources of p-RSoXS scattering
contrast. .............................................................................................................. 127
Figure 59. (a) Experimental scattering anisotropy across crystallinity and dopant counterion
identity. .............................................................................................................. 131
Figure 60. RSoXS simulation process involving a multi-step workflow. ................. 133
Figure 61. Comparisons between experimentally observed and simulated P3HT morphology.
........................................................................................................................... 135
Figure 62. Comparison of experimental and simulated scattering anisotropy in 37% crystalline
P3HT films......................................................................................................... 137
Figure 63. Comparison of experimental and simulated scattering anisotropy in 37% crystalline
P3HT films with varying F4TCNQ•- orientations relative to P3HT. ................. 140
Figure 64. Atomic force micrographs of least crystalline and most crystalline P3HT blend
films demonstrating similar fibril dimensions. .................................................. 147
Figure 65. XPS Depth Profile of LiTFSI Exchanged, 100% Regioregular P3HT Film148
Figure 66. Quantified XPS Depth Profile of F4TCNQ Vapor Doped P3HT ............ 149
Figure 67. Quantified XPS Depth Profile of Doped, TFSI- Anion Exchanged P3HT149
Figure 68. F4TCNQ Vapor Doped P3HT and TFSI- Anion Exchanged Film Surface Texture
from AFM Phase Contrast Images. ................................................................... 151
Figure 69. XPS Survey Spectra at F4TCNQ Vapor-Doped Film Top Surface and Mid-Depth,
Showing Excess F4TCNQ at Sample Surface. .................................................. 152
xvii
Figure 70. 2D scattering pattern of P3HT under grazing incidence geometry. ......... 153
Figure 71. Shallow Angle GIWAXS Orientation Distributions ................................ 154
Figure 72. Critical Angle GIWAXS Orientation Distributions ................................. 155
Figure 73. Deep Angle GIWAXS Orientation Distributions..................................... 156
Figure 74. Effect of θ Orientation Distribution ......................................................... 157
Figure 75. π-Stacked P3HT Crystallite, Γ Point Sampling Only C K edge NEXAFS.
........................................................................................................................... 158
Figure 76. π-Stacked P3HT Crystallite, 2 × 2 × 2 k-Point Grid Sampling C K edge NEXAFS
........................................................................................................................... 160
Figure 77. Single P3HT Chain, Γ Point Sampling Only C K edge NEXAFS ........... 162
Figure 78. Single P3HT Chain, 2 × 2 × 2 k-Point Grid Sampling C K edge NEXAFS164
Figure 79. F4TCNQ C K Edge NEXAFS .................................................................. 166
Figure 80. F4TCNQ•- C K Edge NEXAFS ................................................................ 168
Figure 81. TFSI- C K Edge NEXAFS ....................................................................... 170
Figure 82. P3HT C K Edge NEXAFS Comparisons ................................................. 171
Figure 83. P3HT S K Edge NEXAFS Comparisons ................................................. 172
Figure 84. F4TCNQ C K Edge NEXAFS Comparisons ............................................ 173
Figure 85. F4TCNQ N K Edge NEXAFS Comparisons ............................................ 174
Figure 86. F4TCNQ F K Edge NEXAFS Comparisons ............................................ 175
Figure 87. F4TCNQ•- C K Edge NEXAFS Comparisons .......................................... 176
Figure 88. F4TCNQ•- N K Edge NEXAFS Comparisons .......................................... 177
Figure 89. F4TCNQ•- F K Edge NEXAFS Comparisons........................................... 178
Figure 90. TFSI- C K Edge NEXAFS Comparisons ................................................. 179
xviii
Figure 91. TFSI- N K Edge NEXAFS Comparisons ................................................. 180
Figure 92. TFSI- F K Edge NEXAFS Comparisons .................................................. 181
Figure 93. Effect of sample annealing (120 °C, 2 hours under an inert nitrogen atmosphere)
on scattering anisotropy. .................................................................................... 182
Figure 94. C K Edge Scattering Anisotropy .............................................................. 183
Figure 95. N K Edge Scattering Anisotropy .............................................................. 184
Figure 96. F K Edge Scattering Anisotropy .............................................................. 184
Figure 97. Simulated Scattering Anisotropy Versus Dopant Distribution and Orientation for
Doped P3HT at the C K-Edge ........................................................................... 186
Figure 98. Simulated Scattering Anisotropy Versus Dopant Distribution and Orientation for
Doped P3HT at the C K-Edge ........................................................................... 187
Figure 99. Simulated Scattering Anisotropy Versus Dopant Distribution and Orientation for
Doped P3HT at the C K-Edge ........................................................................... 188
xix
Permissions
Parts of this dissertation were reproduced in part with permissions from:
(1) Thomas, E. M.; Nguyen, P. H.; Jones, S. D.; Chabinyc, M. L.; Segalman, R. A.
Electronic, Ionic, and Mixed Conduction in Polymeric Systems. Annual Review of
Materials Research 2021, 51 (1), 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-matsci-080619110405.
(2) Nguyen, P. H.; Schmithorst, M. B.; Mates, T. E.; Segalman, R. A.; Chabinyc, M.
Diffusion of Brønsted Acidic Dopants in Conjugated Polymers. Journal of Materials
Chemistry C 2023, 11 (22), 7462–7470. https://doi.org/10.1039/D3TC00415E.
(3) Nguyen, P. H.*; Scheuermann, A. M.*; Nikolaev, A.; Chabinyc, M. L.; Bates, C. M.;
Read de Alaniz, J. Reversible Modulation of Conductivity in Azobenzene
Polyelectrolytes Using Light. ACS Appl. Polym. Mater. 2023, 5 (7), 4698-4703.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acsapm.3c00265. (*equal contribution)
xx
Chapter 1 – Introduction
This chapter was reproduced in part with permissions from:
Thomas, E. M.; Nguyen, P. H.; Jones, S. D.; Chabinyc, M. L.; Segalman, R. A.
Electronic, Ionic, and Mixed Conduction in Polymeric Systems. Annual Review of
Materials Research 2021, 51 (1), 1–20.
1.1 Abstract
Polymers that simultaneously transport electrons and ions are paramount to drive the
technological advances necessary for next-generation electrochemical devices including
energy storage devices and bioelectronics. However, efforts to describe the motion of ions or
electrons separately within polymeric systems become inaccurate when both species are
present. Herein, we highlight the basic transport equations necessary to describe mixed
transport and the multi-scale materials properties that influence their transport coefficients.
Potential figures of merit are discussed that enable a suitable performance benchmark in
mixed conducting systems, independent of end application. Practical design and
implementation of mixed conducting polymers requires understanding the evolving nature of
structure and transport with ionic and electronic carrier density to capture the dynamic
disorder inherent in polymeric materials.
1.2 Introduction
The simultaneous transport of both electrons and ions is fundamental to the
electrochemical processes that drive energy generation and storage devices. Several reviews
1
have highlighted other applications for which mixed conduction is critical,1,2 including
polymer-based transistors,3 supercapacitors,4 and electrochromic devices.5 Despite the
potential for polymeric mixed conductors in these applications, a holistic understanding of
how two charged components conduct in a materials system remains limited. Part of the
knowledge gap arises from the unshared language between research communities. The design
rules for ion conduction are different than those for electronic conduction, which leads to
difficulty when the conduction of both carriers is necessary.
Polymers, historically considered insulating, are very different from their conducting
ceramic and metallic counterparts. Their mechanical properties and processability make them
especially promising for improving device design. Because of their unique conduction
mechanisms, how these factors affect their ability to conduct both ions and electrons is not
fully understood. The molecular design of these systems has primarily focused on the
optimization of electronic properties in the absence of ionic motion, or the opposite. Current
design rules for polymers with high ionic or electronic mobility stem from studying these
charged species separately. Ionic conductivity is highly related to polymer segmental motion
and is therefore dominated by motion through the amorphous fraction of a semicrystalline
polymer.6 Conversely, electronic mobility is highest in more ordered domains of the polymer,
generally along a π-stacked direction of crystallinity.7–9 A critical challenge is to understand
if conduction of two charge carrier types simply requires optimization of their orthogonal
design requirements, a heterogeneous material with optimized charge pathways, or a synergy
between these conduction mechanisms.
2
Multicomponent mixed conducting polymer systems are often tailored to perform in
hydrated, dry, or other environments. Differences in the intended application make it difficult
to develop robust design principles that encapsulate the features of mixed conduction. The
presence and concentration of added salt, solvent, water, and polymer in a given mixed
conducting system will impact the transport mechanisms for both the electrons and ions. For
example, aqueous systems such as hydrogels, polyelectrolytes, and PEDOT:PSS, typically
exhibit ionic conductivity greater than 10–3 S/cm, but the conductivity drops precipitously as
the water content decreases below 50% by weight.10 Designs based on block copolymers,11–
13
polymer blends,14,15 and homopolymers16,17 with mixed ionic and electronic functionality
have all been proposed. We choose not to focus on a specific mixed conductor architecture
but identify a few examples of materials for which fundamental relationships have been found
and comment on how these claims can be generalized to other classes of polymers.
Herein, we review the efforts made to design and understand mixed conducting polymers.
We highlight concepts and insight from the literature on ion- and electron-conducting
polymers that are relevant to mixed conduction in a single materials system and show that
simultaneous optimization of ion and electronic conduction requires new design rules. The
first section of this article describes the physics of electron- and ion-conducting polymeric
systems. The second section describes the nomenclature and methods used to study these
phenomena and efforts to describe simultaneous conduction in polymeric systems. The last
section discusses interesting potential directions and considerations in future research on these
materials systems.
3
1.3 The principles of mixed conduction
1.3.1 Transport fundamentals
Unlike transport of neutral species, the mechanisms of ionic and electronic transport
depend on electrostatic interactions of all charged species with the local electric field. The
transport of electronic charge carriers has been shown to range from hopping-like to
delocalized transport at various temperature and doping regimes.18–20 Reported charge carrier
mobilities are longer range averages of these fundamental local processes. In the same vein,
liquid-like mechanisms are responsible for ion transport in ion-conducting polymers. 18,21
Thus, the transport of both ionic and electronic charge carriers can be described by a species
balance around a control volume within a polymer system:22
𝜕𝑐𝑖 /𝜕𝑡 = −∇ ⋅ 𝑁𝑖 + 𝑅𝑖
Equation 1
where ∂ci/∂t is the rate of change of concentration, ∇ ⋅ Ni is the gradient of the flux through a
control volume, and Ri is a term that accounts for the generation and consumption of species
i (e.g., chemical reactions).
Mixed-conducting polymers typically operate below the melting temperature, where both
amorphous and crystalline phases exist. As such, the bulk of the system does not flow and the
contributions of the velocity field to the flux can be neglected, as are usually generation and
consumption terms. Frequently, the Nernst-Plank extension of Fick’s law is used to describe
the flux of ions and electronic charge carriers:21–25
4
𝑁𝑖 = −𝑧𝑖 𝜇 𝑖 𝐹𝑐𝑖 ∇Φ + 𝑐𝑖 𝑣 – 𝐷𝑖 ∇𝑐 𝑖
Equation 2
where zi is the integer charge, μi is the mobility, F is the Faraday constant, ci is the
concentration, ∇Φ is the gradient of the electric potential, v is the velocity field that the species
moves with, Di is the diffusion coefficient, and ∇ci is the concentration gradient.
From Equation 2, the net flux of either ions or electronic charge carriers is a linear sum of
(1) drift (i.e., migration) due to the electric potential, (2) convection due to the velocity field,
and (3) diffusion due to the concentration gradient.
An equivalent representation of flux for electronic charge carriers is given by Ohm’s law
(where v = 0 and ∇ci = 0):22
𝑗 = 𝜅∇Φ, 𝜅 = 𝐹 2 ∑ 𝑧𝑖2 𝜇𝑖 𝑝𝑖
Equation 3
where j is the current density, κ is the conductivity, ∇Φ is the electric potential gradient, zi is
the integer charge, μi is the mobility, and pi is the charge carrier density (concentration).
To a first approximation, the diffusion and mobility of both ionic and electronic charge
carriers are related by the Nernst-Einstein equation:
5
𝐷𝑖 = 𝑅𝑇𝜇𝑖
Equation 4
where Di is the diffusion coefficient, μi is the mobility, R is the ideal gas constant, and T is the
temperature.
Additionally, conductivity can be generalized to both ionic and electronic charge carrier
transport. The measured ionic conductivity represents contributions from mobile cations and
anions in the polymer, while the electronic conductivity is dominated by contributions from
positively charged polarons (and possibly bipolarons)26 and negatively charged electrons27 in
p- and n-type conducting polymers, respectively. The conductivity of a particular species, i,
is given as:
𝜎𝑖 = 𝑝𝑖 𝑒|𝑧𝑖 |𝜇𝑖
Equation 5
where pi is the ion concentration/charge carrier density, e is the charge of an electron, zi is
the integer charge, and μi is the mobility.
When the application of an electric potential bias drives the transport of more than one
charged species, it is useful to define the fraction of charge carried by each species. The
fraction of total current carried by a single species, i, is the species transport number:
𝑡𝑖 =
𝜎𝑖
Equation 6
𝜎total
6
where ti is the transport number, σi is the conductivity of species i, and σtotal is the sum of bulk
conductivity that results from the sum of all σi.
In semicrystalline polymers, the mobility of ions and electronic charge carriers may be
different in the crystalline and amorphous phases. A study of polymeric osmium perchlorate
ion-exchange membranes, where electrons are not delocalized but instead hop in a similar
fashion to ions, has demonstrated the analysis of limiting cases where one diffusion coefficient
is much greater than the other and where both are equal.23 In either case where one species
(either the ion or the electronic charge carrier) is more mobile than the other, the local field
that results from the more mobile species drives the less mobile species to minimize the energy
of the field. An important finding of this work is that in these limiting cases, the overall
diffusion coefficient is proportional to the diffusion coefficient of the less mobile species.
Table 1 summarizes these findings. For the case where the diffusion coefficients of the mobile
species are equal, the overall diffusion coefficient is also the same. As expected, the species
transport number is greater when the relative diffusion coefficient of the species is greater.
When the diffusion coefficients are equal, the transport number scales non-linearly according
to the relative concentrations of both the mobile ion and electronic charge carrier.
Table 1. Scaling dependencies of the overall diffusion coefficient and the transference
number depending on the relative mobility (diffusion coefficient) of the mobile ion and
mobile charge carrier23
7
DX, De, D are the ion diffusion coefficient, charge carrier diffusion coefficient, and overall
diffusion coefficient, respectively. tX is the transference number of the mobile ion and te is the
transference number of the mobile charge carrier. ce is the concentration of the mobile charge
carrier and ct is the combined concentration of the mobile charge carrier and mobile ion.
Relative diffusion
Overall diffusion
coefficient
coefficient scaling
𝐷𝑋 ≫ 𝐷𝑒
𝐷 ≅ 𝐷𝑒
Transference number
scaling
𝑡𝑋 ≅ 1, 𝑡𝑒 ≅ 0
𝑡𝑋 = (𝑐𝑡 – 𝑐𝑒 )/(𝑐𝑡 – 𝑐𝑒2 ),
𝐷𝑋 = 𝐷𝑒
𝐷 ≅ 𝐷𝑒 ≅ 𝐷𝑋
𝐷𝑋 ≪ 𝐷𝑒
𝐷 ≅ 𝐷𝑋
𝑡𝑒 = (1– 𝑐𝑒 )𝑐𝑒 /(𝑐𝑡 – 𝑐𝑒2 )
𝑡𝑋 ≅ 0, 𝑡𝑒 ≅ 1
Typically, the diffusion coefficient of the electronic charge carrier may be approximated
as much greater than that of ions in mixed conducting systems. The diffusion coefficient for
polarons in poly(3-hexylthiophene) (P3HT) ranges from 10-5 to 10-3 cm2 s-1 (mobility of 10-3
to 10-1 cm1 V-1 s-1), depending on the carrier concentration.28 The diffusion coefficient for
perchlorate (ClO4-) in a polymer-ion-counterion system is on the order of 10-14 cm2 s-1.29 When
solvent is added, the diffusion coefficient of ClO4- increases to values of 10-12 to 10-10 cm2 s1 30
.
These order-of-magnitude differences in the diffusion coefficient ions and electronic
charge carriers indicate same-order differences in the time scales of transport; to a good
approximation these processes can be decoupled in time.
Although Fickian transport is used to describe the motion of charges in several materials
classes, the assumptions inherent to Fickian diffusion are not applicable in mixed conductors.
8
Fickian diffusion is typically well-defined only in the dilute limit, where interspecies
interactions can be neglected. Recent work utilizing moving front experiments has provided
evidence that ion transport in a conjugated polymer with glycolated side chains is non-Fickian,
and in fact, reminiscent of ion transport in inorganic materials.31 As will be discussed in
subsequent sections, intermolecular interactions are unavoidable at the ion concentrations
necessary for necessary for most applications (conductivity of 10–3 S/cm).25,32
1.3.2 Ionically conducting polymers
Ion conduction in polymer electrolytes is a hierarchical process impacted by both the
meso- (~10-100 nm) and molecular-scale (< 10 nm) structure and dynamics of the electrolyte.
At the molecular scale, ionic transport involves an interplay of polymer segmental dynamics
and ion-polymer solvation interactions, which simultaneously dissociate ions. These effects
allow for long-range migration in response to an electric potential bias and act as frictional
sources for ions, limiting their mobility on certain timescales. Transport at mesoscopic length
scales is believed to require percolated regions of ion-solvating sites. Since ion-solvation sites
are not fixed within the material, long-range transport depends both on the equilibrium ionic
structure of the material as well as its fluctuation dynamics.
Ion transport in amorphous polymers is traditionally viewed as a liquid-like mechanism,
whereby the local frictional environment dictates long-range ion transport.33,34 Consequently,
the temperature dependence of ionic conductivity correlates with measures of segmental
mobility, such as the inverse of the segmental relaxation timescale, 1/τα.6,35,36 As a result, ionic
conductivity follows commonly-known relationships for the temperature dependence of
9
polymer dynamics such as the Vogel-Tammann-Fulcher (or equivalent Williams-LandauFerry) relationship (Equation 7):37
𝐵
𝜎 = 𝜎0 (𝑇) exp (− 𝑇−𝑇 ) for 𝑇 > 𝑇𝑔
0
Equation 7
where the fitting parameters, σ0 relate to the number of mobile ions, B relates to the activation
energy associated with segmental motion, and T0 is a reference temperature corresponding to
the temperature of zero configurational entropy and typically takes on universal values (T0 ≅
Tg - 50 K, where Tg is the glass transition temperature).38 It is common to either treat σ0 as a
temperature independent constant or to assign it to scale with T-1/2 dependence. Figure 1a
schematically depicts how polymer segmental motion gives rise to pathways for ion transport.
Strategies to increase ionic conductivity of polymeric electrolytes include adding more salt,39
increasing the dielectric constant,38 and lowering Tg through synthetic routes, which facilitates
segmental relaxation.6
10
Figure 1. Polymer ion conduction mechanisms
Mechanisms of ion conduction. (a) Ion transport is fostered by electrostatic interactions
with electron withdrawing moieties on the polymer side chain. As segments of the polymer
chain move, vacancies in the pseudo-matrix become available. (b) When nearby vacancies
in the polymer pseudo-matrix are available, ions can hop from one site to another.
The ionic conductivity polymer electrolytes far exceeds expectations from the liquid-like
mechanism of ionic conduction in glassy and crystalline regions, suggesting an alternative
transport mechanism where ion motion is decoupled from polymer relaxation.40 In glassy or
crystalline regions of the electrolyte, the temperature dependence of ion motion commonly
follows an Arrhenius form (Equation 8):38
𝜎0 = 𝜎0 (𝑇) exp (−
𝐸𝑎
)
𝑘𝐵 𝑇
11
Equation 8
where the activation energy (Ea) is now associated with ion hopping rather than segmental
motion. Figure 1b schematically depicts how ions might hop via an Arrhenius hopping
mechanism. For ordered phases, ions may hop to both free-volume sites and interstitial sites
within the polymer matrix.
Polymeric mixed conductors are often semicrystalline; the bulk ionic conductivity is a
sum of contributions to ionic conductivity in both the amorphous and crystalline phases.
Below Tg, segmental chain motion is limited and ions are transported by hopping in both
phases, as described by Equation 8. Because the energy barrier for ion hopping is much lower
in the amorphous phase, the design rule for enhancing ionic conductivity in solely iontransporting polymers is to reduce or remove the crystalline fraction. In mixed conducting
polymers, the crystalline regions are helpful for conduction of electronic charge carriers. As
a result, ion conduction in mixed conducting polymers is likely dominated by transport
through amorphous domains. Above Tg, motion of polymer chain segments creates freevolume sites for ion motion, providing another contribution to ion conduction, as described
by Equation 7. However, ion hopping can still occur in both phases. Figure 2 shows the various
temperature regimes where significant differences in the mechanism on ionic conduction are
observed and how the bulk ionic conductivity might arise from individual mechanistic
contributions. An important distinction between ion conduction in solely ion-conducting
polymers and in mixed conducting polymers is that in mixed conducting polymers there are
at least two energy barriers to ion motion. Solely ion-conducting systems are often amorphous
and so, the energy barrier is related to ion motion in the amorphous phase. Because mixed
conducting polymers are usually semicrystalline, energy barriers for both ion hopping or
12
segmental motion-mediated transport correspond to a crystalline phase and an amorphous
phase.
Figure 2. Temperature dependence of ion conduction mechanisms
Arrhenius plot of temperature dependence of ionic conductivity in polymers. Approximate
values are estimated from ionic conductivity in representative polymeric ionic liquids.(32)
In semicrystalline polymers, the bulk ionic conductivity is a sum of individual contributions
in both the crystalline and amorphous phases. At temperatures below Tg, ion hopping in
both the amorphous (σT < Tg,1) and crystalline phases (σT < Tg,2) are the dominant mechanisms
of ion transport. At temperatures above Tg, ion transport mediated by segmental chain
motion (σT > Tg,2, σT > Tg,4), along with ion hopping (σT > Tg,1, σT > Tg,3) can take place in both
phases. Log-linear contributions in the Arrhenius plot describe ion hopping via the
13
Arrhenius equation, while non-linear contributions describe segmental chain motionmediated transport via the Vogel-Tammann-Fulcher equation. Figure adapted with
permission from Bocharova V. and Sokolov AP. 2020. Macromolecules. 53(11):4141–57;
copyright 2020 American Chemical Society.
Molecular-scale interactions between the polymer and mobile ion also contribute to ion
transport. Because cations are typically the mobile ion of interest for many applications,
strategies to increase the dielectric constant and introduce electron-rich moieties facilitate
transport of cations in addition to segmental motion.41 However, stronger interactions can
detrimentally affect the relaxation processes of polymers,42 potentially due to the change in
chain dimensions at high salt concentration.43 This effect likely contributes in the maximum
ionic conductivity with salt concentration observed in many ion-conducting systems.44
Pioneering simulation and experimental work has demonstrated aggregate structures ranging
from isolated, spherical aggregates to percolated, stringy aggregates obtained through
modifications in polymer repeat structure, ion identity, and polymer architecture.45 Materials
with ions tethered directly along the backbone (ionenes) can display highly-ordered ion
structures, resulting in materials segregated into ion-rich domains17 which displaying welldefined long-range order into unit cells with lattice parameters of ~3-7 nm below an orderdisorder temperature.46,47
Analogously, mesoscale segregation of inhomogeneous polymers and polymer blends
have been leveraged to generate materials with percolated ionically conductive domains on
larger length scales (10-100 nm).48,49 Though modification of an ion-conducting material such
14
as PEO with an insulating domain is generally regarded to be detrimental to ionic conduction,
insulating domains are often incorporated to impart structural rigidity. The effect of these
insulating domains can range from a minimal impact on performance in the case of percolating
morphologies to a dramatic insulating character in non-percolating morphologies.50–52 These
examples serve to demonstrate the importance of continuous connection of ion-conducting
domains across all device length and time scales, demonstrating the hierarchical nature of ion
conduction.
1.3.3 Electronically conducting polymers
In purely electron-conducting polymers, transport occurs through both delocalized πorbitals along one chain and hopping between chains if sufficient π-π overlap exists.53 Since
most conjugated polymers are semicrystalline, heterogenous electronic conduction between
the amorphous and crystalline domains of the polymer results in complex behavior where the
effects of separate mechanisms, such as charge transport along a polymer chain or charge
hopping from one chain to another, are difficult to deconvolute. Additionally, several
properties influence the observed electronic conductivity, including the morphology, the
carrier concentration, and contour length of the polymer.8
To increase the electrical conductivity of polymers, carriers are introduced into the
material through doping. Doping involves oxidation (reduction) of the backbone through an
extrinsic molecule or an electrode, which forms a radical/hole (radical/electron) pair along the
polymer backbone.19,54,55 The charge-balancing moiety must exist in close proximity to the
backbone charge, a phenomenon that differentiates doping in polymeric semiconductors from
15
their inorganic counterparts. This coupling in space is discussed further in the context of
double-layer capacitance on page 23. One central question in doping polymeric
semiconductors is how the presence of these ions affects other material properties of the
polymer, which impacts the resulting transport behavior.
The mobility of electronic charge carriers is known to be limited by the ordered domains.
The specific transport mechanisms are ascertained through temperature-dependent
measurements. Electronic mobility or electrical conductivity typically follow a power law (Ta
) or a stretched exponential (exp[-T-b]) with respect to temperature. Common models
observed in temperature dependent measurements of semiconducting polymers include
variable range hopping (b = ¼ – ½), nearest neighbor (b = 1), and band transport (a ≅ –1). Indepth analyses of charge transport models in organic semiconductors has been published in
several recent reviews and journal articles.56–58 In contrast to most primarily ion-conducting
polymers, semiconducting polymers often complicate the determination of a single transport
mechanism at a given temperature due to their heterogenous morphology. Convoluting
effects, such as changes in electronic charge carrier densities, can be monitored via
thermopower measurements, which are related to the electronic density of states.59–61
The tendency for crystallization in polymers depends on the specific chemistry, including
the stereo-regularity of the pendent groups along the polymer backbone, the introduction of
other species, such as dopants, and effects of post processing.62,63 The conjugated backbone
and ring-like structures common in semiconducting and conducting polymers tends to stiffen
the polymer backbone, which increases the propensity to form liquid crystalline phases and
16
crystallize upon casting. As a result, mixed conducting polymer systems are often
semicrystalline and few studies to-date have reported on electronic conduction at temperatures
above Tg. Figure 3 shows how the molecular structure in ordered P3HT gives rise to the
observed microscopic structure and how the alignment of polymer chains may lead to local
anisotropy of electronic conductivity.
Figure 3. Morphology of conjugated polymer crystallites
Structural orientation of P3HT in a crystallite. (a) 3D reconstruction of ordered domain
nanostructure from an electron micrograph.64 (b) Grazing incidence wide-angle X-ray
scattering (GIWAXS) pattern for ordered P3HT. The signal near the qz direction
corresponds to periodic stacking between adjacent polymer segments separated by alkyl
side chains, while signal along the qxy direction corresponds to the π-π stacking distance
between adjacent polymer backbones. (c) The inset shows the projected ordering as a stack
17
of high-aspect ratio rectangular prisms. Further magnification shows the molecular
structure of P3HT oriented to match the nanostructure of ordered P3HT observed in a.
Vectors showing the h00 and 0l0 direction are labeled to aid comparison to the GIWAXS
pattern shown in b. (d) Molecular structure of P3HT, shown for comparison to the
tomography image-aligned molecular structure in shown in c. In the electron tomography
image, the polymer chain is viewed edge-on, and alkyl side chains extend between backbone
stacks and are oriented orthogonally to the principal axis of the polymer. (a,c,d) Figure
adapted with permission from Wirix MJM., et al. 2014. Nano Lett. 14(4):2033–38;
copyright 2014 American Chemical Society. (b) Figure adapted with permission from Lim
E., et al. 2019. Advanced Electronic Materials. 5(11):1800915; copyright 2019 WILEY‐
VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.
A holistic description of molecular-scale interactions between charged species and
electronically-conducting polymers is complicated due to the fact that the electron (or hole)
resides on the polymer itself while the counter-ion resides in proximity to the backbone.55
Theoretical calculations can explore these effects separately. Recent simulations of P3HT
oligomers using density functional theory (DFT) compared the π-stacking distance of the
oligomers with and without polaronic charge on the backbone.65 Calculations determined that
even in the absence of dopant counter-ions, the presence of positive charge decreases the πstacking distance by 0.02 – 0.08 Å, depending on the number of repeat units analyzed. The
authors posited that the relaxation of the polaron between multiple chains leads to attractive
forces between units, resulting in a decrease of the π-stacking distance. Although transport
measurements were not completed in this work, experimental studies in conjugated donor-
18
acceptor copolymers show that a smaller π-stacking distance leads to a concomitant increase
in electronic mobility.66 As a result, methods to reduce the π-stacking distance such as side
chain engineering67 and film processing68 are expected to enhance these favorable interactions
and improve electronic transport.
An understanding of how interactions between the charge carrier on the polymer and its
counter-ion affect electronic mobility is still evolving. The counter-ions typically reside in the
amorphous regions of the polymer due to the increased free volume of these domains or within
the side chain region of polymeric crystallites. The low dielectric constant of most conjugated
polymers (typically synthesized with alkyl side chains) can lead to localization the polaron on
the polymeric backbone because of the Coulombic interaction with the counter ion, reducing
its mobility. Efforts to mitigate these interactions such as increasing the polarity of the side
chains69,70 or using sterically bulky dopants71 have shown promise to improve electrical
conductivity in doped semiconducting polymers. These design principles may serve to
improve other aspects of transport specific for mixed conduction, such as improving ion
uptake in aqueous environments.72
The degree of crystallinity and connectivity between neighboring crystallites within
semicrystalline polymers, both at molecular length scales and length scales on the order of 50
– 500 nm, largely governs the resulting electronic conductivity. Electronic mobility generally
scales with the degree of crystallinity since trap states are induced by conformational disorder
within the amorphous domains of the polymer. Processing strategies such as altering the
casting solvent or the backbone regioregularity was found to influence the fraction of
19
aggregated regions in the film and their free exciton bandwidth, which scaled with the
electrical conductivity.73,74 The distance over which polymeric backbones retain alignment
with one another, defined as the orientation correlation length (OCL),75 also influences the
electrical properties of polymers. In contrast to the crystallites themselves, which are typically
around 10 nm in size, the length scale over which they are connected is a strong determinant
of the electronic conductivity even at similar carrier concentrations. The OCLs of pristine
P3HT is typically below 50 nm74, but can reach up to 350 nm in liquid crystalline
semiconductors such as PBTTT.76 Recent studies found that the doping method can degrade
this long range order, influencing the maximum achievable electrical conductivity.74,77 These
results suggest that retaining the alignment between ordered domains when ions are present is
critical for electronic as well as mixed conduction.
Tie chains, molecules which connect ordered regions, are also necessary to create a
percolated pathway for electronic charge carriers. Tie chains must possess a sufficient contour
length to connect two neighboring crystallites together, which requires a minimum degree of
polymerization. In homopolymers, a discontinuous increase in electronic mobility typically
occurs at around 12,000 – 15,000 g/mol, or about 70 – 90 repeats units for P3HT.8 The same
effect can be achieved through mixing small amounts of a high contour length polymer with
the same polymer of lower contour length; analysis of P3HT blends found that only 10–3 of
all chains need to act as tie chains for a percolated network to form, even when the degree of
polymerization of the majority phase is as small as 30 repeat units.78,79
20
1.4 Ionic, electronic, and mixed conduction figures of merit
1.4.1 Ionic transport
While the total ionic conductivity is the most commonly reported metric of ionic transport
in polymer electrolytes, actual electrolyte performance in energy storage and conversion
devices heavily depends on a more comprehensive view of ion conduction. For example, in
lithium-ion batteries, the motion of Li+ ions are of primary interest and counterion motion can
be detrimental to cell performance. Consequently, the transport number is an important
parameter to define the fraction of the total current carried by the ion of interest (see Equation
6). This transport number is distinct from the transference number, though the quantities are
often used synonymously in the literature.80
A quantity called the Haven ratio (Equation 9) is used to characterize the ratio of the
measured ionic conductivity and the ionic conductivity reproduced from the Nernst-Einstein
relation (Equation 4).
∑𝑖 𝑛𝑖 𝑧𝑖2 𝐷𝑖
𝐻=
=
𝜎electrochem 𝑘𝑇𝜎electrochem
𝜎NE
Equation 9
In Equation 9, H is the Haven ratio, σNE is the Nernst-Einstein conductivity, σelectrochem is
the electrochemically-determined conductivity, ni is the number of charge carriers i, zi is the
integer charge of the charge carrier, Di is the diffusion coefficient, k is the Boltzmann constant,
and T is the temperature.
21
A discussion of methods to determine the Nernst-Einstein and electrochemically
determined conductivity is provided on page 27. The Haven ratio often takes on a value of
greater than unity for ionic liquids or molten salts,81 but can take on values greater than unity
for superionic conductors.82 In some concentrated polymer electrolytes, Haven ratios of nearly
unity are observed, but authors should take care to note that deviations from the NernstEinstein relation are likely to arise, particularly at high ionic strengths or in the presence of
crystalline regimes. As such, Haven ratio values far from unity are indicative of intermolecular
interactions that lead to differences between ionic diffusivity and charge diffusivity – such as
ion aggregation.
1.4.2 Electronic transport
The electrical conductivity, σ, combines the concentration, mobility, and charge of the
mobile species (Equation 5). For doped polymeric semiconductors, the electrical conductivity
is the most commonly reported transport parameter and represents an average of all electronic
conduction mechanisms that occur within the material. The highest reported values for doped
polymers are between 104 – 105 S/cm at ambient temperatures.83,84 The electrical conductivity
at a single temperature does not reveal the complex relationship between the factors leading
to it.19,60
Electronic mobility, µ, provides a metric to understand how transport changes with carrier
and counterion concentration. In lightly-doped polymeric semiconductors (charge carrier
density of less than 1020 cm-3),28 many of the carriers are energetically trapped, leading to
carrier mobility around 10–3 cm2 V–1 sec–1. For comparison, the ionic mobility of ClO4- in
22
P3HT is on the order of 10-14 cm2 s-1.29 Adding more charge carriers leads to a superlinear
increase in the electronic mobility, reaching up to ~0. 1 – 1 cm2 V–1 sec–1 for some of the
highest-performing semiconducting polymers. This superlinear trend is unique to polymeric
semiconductors and has been rationalized by several mechanisms in recent literature.85,86
Thus, the charge density is the true independent variable of transport phenomena in electron
conduction and is necessary to quantify for electronic as well as ionic and mixed conduction.
1.4.3 Mixed conducting systems
When mixed conductors are applied to biological sensors and actuators, a fast response
time may be important. In electrochromic devices, the contrast ratio of color and brightness
may be a better metric for performance. Their application in ion pumps means that precise
control over ion flux is crucial, while sensing applications depend on changes in electron or
ion flux in response to external stimuli. Because of the range of potential applications, a single
figure of merit to describe the performance of mixed conductors has not been established. In
this section, we describe the typical device configurations used to characterize mixed
conductors and describe the figures of merit that have arisen from these configurations.
The increasing utility of studying polymeric charge transport through organic
electrochemical transistors (OECTs, Figure 5a), along with uncertainties in individual
measurements of mobility, has bolstered the use of the transconductance as a figure of merit
for mixed conduction. Since transistors are used as electrical amplifiers, the transconductance
quantifies how much current is gained in the active layer for a given change in the gate voltage.
Because dI/dVg depends on channel width and length, the transconductance is also a means to
23
normalize across device dimensions. Several factors contribute to the device transconductance
according to Equation 10:
𝑔𝑚 = (𝑊𝑑/𝐿)µ𝐶 ∗ (𝑉𝑡ℎ – 𝑉𝑔 )
Equation 10
where µ is the electronic mobility, C* is the volumetric capacitance of the active layer, Vth
is the threshold voltage, and Vg is the gate voltage.
While transconductance yields utility in describing performance of transistors,
capacitance is a more generalized figure of merit that can be used to benchmark performance
for all mixed conducting devices. The chemical capacitance, defined by the change in
chemical potential of the material for a change in carrier concentration87, ultimately mediates
other application-specific figures of merit such as the contrast ratio in electrochromics88 and
the flux in ion pumps and membranes.89 Chemical capacitance is an extensive quantity and
thus proportional to the volume of the sample and involves a redox reaction as well as
diffusion of the external species into the surface and bulk.90 Because all mixed conductors
require this two-step mechanism, chemical capacitance may be one potential route for a
generalized performance metric in mixed conductors.
Another form of capacitance, the electrical double layer (EDL) capacitance, arises from
the accumulation of charges at the interface between an electrode and electrolyte material. In
an electrolytic cell, a metal electrode is primarily responsible for electronic conduction
whereas the electrolyte is primarily responsible for ionic conduction and the EDL is developed
24
at their interface. Locally, the coupling between ions and charge carriers can be described by
analogy between metal electrodes and crystalline regions and between electrolytes and
amorphous regions. Figure 4 schematically shows how a positively charged hole might be
balanced not only by a single anion molecule, but also complex electrostatic complexes, such
as a hole-anion-cation-anion complex at the ordered-disorder interface. Because electrical
fields and associated potential gradients couple ions and electronic charge carriers, these their
distinct transport processes may be approximated as decoupled in time, but not in space.
Figure 4. Interfacial capacitance between crystalline and amorphous domains
Schematic depiction of a capacitance arising from a crystalline-amorphous interface in a
mixed conducting polymer. In p-type mixed conductors, electrostatic interactions between
anions (green) and polymer backbones with delocalized electrons (blue) lead to generation
of charge conducting pathways (polarons, outlined in orange).
It is apparent that EDL charging depends on both electronic and ionic species distributions
and that this mutual dependence manifests through the condition for charge neutrality over
the system bulk. Specifically, the applied potential in organic electronic devices drives ions
towards ordered-disordered interfaces where charge carriers are induced and coupled with
25
nearby dopant ions. Local electric fields arise from this separation of charge and can be
accounted for in the boundary conditions necessary to solve Equation 1 and Equation 2.
Lastly, an important feature that is not often considered in OECTs is the kinetics of ion
transport. Ion transport occurs on observable time scales (10-3 s); limitations in their transport
may
significantly
affect
device
performance
and
are
observable
through
the
transconductance.91–93 The rate at which output and transfer characteristics (Figure 5b) are
obtained is not often reported as the field of OECTs continues to expand, but understanding
the kinetic component will be critical for rational design of high performance polymeric mixed
conductors.94,95
Figure 5. Platforms to characterize electronic and ionic transport
Two common platforms to characterize ionic and electronic transport of polymeric
semiconductors are the organic electrochemical transistor and symmetric cell. Ions and
electrons travel in orthogonal directions within organic electrochemical transistors (a),
26
which decouples ionic and electronic conduction. Output and transfer curves from OECT
operation (b) yield information about the performance of the mixed conducting device.96
Using AC impedance (c), both charge carriers travel in the same direction. A Nyquist plot
(d) of the frequency-dependent response is one straightforward visualization of the
contributions of electronic and ionic motion.97 Presence of multiple semicircles in the
Nyquist plot indicates motion of more than one chemical species in the sample. (b) Figure
adapted with permission from Khodagholy D., et al. 2013. Nature Communications.
4(1):2133; copyright 2013 Springer Nature. (d) Figure adapted with permission from Patel
SN., et al. 2012. ACS Nano. 6(2):1589–1600; copyright 2012 American Chemical Society.
1.4.4 Measurement methods
The Bruce-Vincent method is a cell-based method frequently employed in the literature to
determine the species-dependent transport.17 This method employs a symmetric
electrochemical cell (Figure 5c) and can relate the steady-state dc voltage of the cell to the
transport of a specific species under dilute conditions. Consequently, this method does not
give a true transport number at realistic conditions for most applications. The dilute condition
approximation generally only applies at low ionic strengths (below 0.01), which is much less
than the ionic strength typical for an electrolyte.98 Despite the inability to extract faithful
transport numbers under most usual conditions, this method has propagated widely and
become standard in the field of ionically conducting polymers and the results of this
experiment are important for benchmarking purposes and relevant for applications. Recent
developments in cell-based methods may allow better estimation in concentrated solutions
27
than the Bruce-Vincent method, including direct measurement of the concentration gradient
along the transport direction and analysis based on concentrated solution theory.99
An alternative family of techniques to examine ion-specific transport utilizes
measurements of ion self-diffusion constants and their contribution to conductivity is again
calculated based upon the assumptions of the Nernst-Einstein equation. Techniques such as
pulsed-field gradient NMR can measure the self-diffusion constants of ions.100,101 Neglecting
intermolecular interactions, the ionic conductivity contributions from individual species is
directly related to this constant, their concentration, and valency allowing for facile
computation of their contribution to the total conductivity. However, experimental
reconstructions of the net ionic conductivity based on these results often fail to reconstruct the
measured ionic conductivity, as discussed in the previous section.
As previously mentioned, OECTs are a unique platform to study the principles of mixed
conduction relevant to many applications of ion/electron conductors. OECTs contain the same
components as field-effect transistors and typically adopt similar geometries (Figure 5a). They
are distinguished by the use of gate insulators that contain cations and anions that infiltrate
the semiconducting layer upon application of a gate bias. Synthetically tethering the cation or
anion species of the gate dielectric facilities control over ion diffusion into the semiconductor,
preventing unwanted ion pair infiltration into the material.28,102,103 As a result, the
semiconductor can sustain charge throughout the bulk of the layer via ionic motion. OECTs
also provide experimental control over the carrier density of ions and electrons critical in
28
rationalizing the impact of ions on the mobility, morphology, and electronic structure of the
semiconductor.20,85,102
1.5 Emerging areas in mixed conduction
There are several concepts of mixed conductors that are still not understood. This
confusion arises from the fact that in polymers, electronic and ionic transport are not separate
processes, and the impact of one transport mechanism necessarily impacts that of the other.
This effect is less prevalent in other mixed conducting systems such as ceramics. Studies
purely on one-component charge transport conclude that the material properties beneficial for
one type of transport are detrimental to the other. Studies in polymeric mixed conductors have
shown that this idea may not be the case, which is counter-intuitive to our current
understanding.104,105 This section details the sub-fields of mixed conductors that require more
investigation.
1.5.1 Dynamic structural and morphological disorder
Previous sections have highlighted the importance of morphology for all forms of
transport in polymeric semiconductors, consequently, the structural changes of
semiconducting polymers upon ion incorporation are key to understanding transport in these
materials. 106 It is of utmost importance then to understand how morphology evolves as more
ionic species are added to the material. For example, interactions between electrically and
ionically conducting domains can lead to structural rearrangement, contributing to an increase
in mixed conduction. This effect was seen in P3HT:PEO block copolymers doped with LiTFSI
29
salt.97 Upon adding salt to the copolymer, both the electrical and ionic conductivity increased.
While the increase in ionic conductivity is expected, the increase in electrical conductivity
implies a structural rearrangement leading to improved electronic charge transport. Structural
rearrangements due to solvent treatments also improve the mixed conductivity of PEDOT:PSS
and PTHS.3
While many studies show an increasing degree of disorder upon adding salts or dopants
in semicrystalline materials, few studies have probed the morphological effects of doping
polymers that are already amorphous. Regiorandom P3HT is primarily amorphous on its own,
but reversibly crystallizes and decrystallizes upon the addition and removal of the dopant
2,3,5,6-tetrafluoro-7,7,8,8-tetracyanoquinodimethane (F4TCNQ) (Figure 6).74 These results
suggest that the amorphous regions of conjugated polymers may be more structured than
previously suggested and that a rigid amorphous phase may play a role in electronic
conduction. Exploring these ideas may offer insight into the impact of semicrystallinity on the
morphology of these polymers.107,108
30
Figure 6. Dopant-induced ordering of regiorandom P3HT from GIWAXS
Grazing incidence wide angle X-ray scattering measurements of P3HT indicate dopinginduced reversible formation of crystallites.74 Broad peaks are observed for regiorandom
P3HT (a), while clear feaures near the qz axis appear upon doping with F4TCNQ (b). Figure
adapted with permission from Lim E., et al. 2019. Advanced Electronic Materials.
5(11):1800915; copyright 2019 WILEY‐VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.
1.5.2 Dielectric environment
The dielectric environment of charge carriers controls salt solvation and is known to
impact ionic conductivity, but the impact of dielectric constant on electronic transport of
mixed conductors is less clear. Enhancements in dielectric constant are linked to higher ionic
conductivity since this leads to higher effective charge separations. Though recent work
suggests that increases in dopant/polaron distance does not translate to higher electronic
conductivity,109 the recently demonstrated formation of dianions within highly polar
thienothiophene-based polymers with ethylene-oxide side chains may lead to higher electrical
performance.110 This behavior may be a result of the increased dielectric constant of the polar
31
side chains stabilizing the dianion, leading to fewer ionic charges per electronic charge.
Similar results were observed in an EDOT-based polymer with oligoether side chains which
shows solubility in several solvents, even in its charged state.111 Understanding the impact of
charge screening on electronic mobility will lead to insight into polymeric mixed conductor
design.
1.5.3 Mechanical properties
The enhancement of transport performance of mixed conductors is often accompanied by
tradeoffs in mechanical performance, which presents a challenge due to the demanding
mechanical requirements for many applications of mixed conductors. Studies exploring the
effect of strain on the electronic mobility of polymeric semiconductors have shown little
change in electronic mobility at up to 100% strain.112,113 In addition, ionic conductivity has
been observed to increase as a result of increased strain through in situ studies, where throughplane and in-plane conductivity increases linearly with deformation of 200 µm PEO/LiClO4
electrolyte films.114 Studies of polymeric actuators give some insight into the mechanical
behavior of mixed conducting polymers.115 Models to rationalize the effects of strain on the
output characteristics of OECTs are also in development, which can elucidate fundamental
relationships between conduction and mechanics of mixed conductors and establish practical
boundaries for long-term operation. As with all performance metrics of mixed conducting
polymers, the temperature dependence on the mechanical behavior of mixed conductors is
crucial to elucidate the elastic and viscous response to an applied strain, which can evolve as
a function of salt concentration.
32
1.6 Conclusions
The field of polymeric mixed conductors requires an interdisciplinary perspective that
combines knowledge of electronic and ionic transport with principles distinct to mixed
conduction. Polymers with a semicrystalline structure containing percolated pathways for
both ions and electrons to conduct represents a clear design constraint for the morphology of
mixed conductors; however, clear relationships between the morphology and various figures
of merit for mixed conduction have yet to be elucidated. Expanding the structure-property
relationships between these figures of merit and the percent crystallinity of polymers, which
affects the capacitive component between ions and electrons in the material, has significant
potential to create a unifying model for practical implementation of mixed conducting
systems. This integrated picture is the ultimate path forward in designing polymeric materials
to meet the demand of applications where mixed conduction is required. Knowledge from
synthetic chemistry, electrochemistry, and solid-state physics informs the rational design and
processing required for the multitude of applications for mixed conducting materials. The
principles developed in the organic electronics and polymer electrolyte communities will be
helpful in guiding this field, but some relationships distinct to mixed conduction have yet to
be fully realized.
1.7 Acknowledgements
E.M.T. and P.H.N. acknowledge support for work on ionic and electronic interactions in
semiconducting polymers from the Department of Energy, Office of Basic Energy Sciences,
under grant DE-SC0016390. S.D.J. gratefully acknowledges support from the MRSEC
Program of the National Science Foundation under Award No. DMR 1720256 for work on
33
ionic conduction. Research was sponsored by the U.S. Army Research Office and
accomplished under cooperative agreement W911NF-19-2-0026 for the Institute for
Collaborative Biotechnologies. E.M.T. gratefully acknowledges support from an NSF
Graduate Fellowship (DGE-1650114).
34
Chapter 2 – Diffusion of Brønsted Acidic Dopants in Conjugated
Polymers
Phong Nguyen, Michael Chabinc, and Rachel Segalman conceptualized the project and
experiments. Phong Nguyen performed the experiments, analysis, and drafted the manuscript.
Michael Schmithorst assisted with solid-state NMR experiments. Thomas Mates assisted with
depth profiling measurements and analysis.
This chapter was reproduced in part with permissions from:
Nguyen, P. H.; Schmithorst, M. B.; Mates, T. E.; Segalman, R. A.; Chabinyc, M.
Diffusion of Brønsted Acidic Dopants in Conjugated Polymers. Journal of Materials
Chemistry C 2023, 11 (22), 7462–7470.
2.1 Abstract
Many semiconductor devices (e.g., light emitters and photovoltaics) utilize
heterojunctions of doped and undoped layers or depend on gradients of electronic doping to
control charge transport. Understanding of the formation and stability of gradients in doping
requires an understanding of diffusion of dopants and the complex changes in polymer
properties that arise during doping. Conjugated polymers can be electrically doped by strong
acids, but the details of the reaction mechanism and subsequent stability are not understood.
Here, we show a clear kinetic isotope effect in the doping of thin films of poly(3hexylthiophene) (P3HT) by bis(trifluoromethane)sulfonimide (HTFSI) from solution
indicating that this doping process is limited by proton transfer to the polymer. Dynamic
secondary ion mass spectrometry (DSIMS) of doped films suggests that H/D can be retained
35
in doped films after the doping process. Complementary X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy
and DSIMS depth profiling of dopant concentrations show definitive evidence of dopant
enrichment at the P3HT surface. These surface-limited concentration profiles suggest that
diffusivity of dopants vary inversely with dopant concentration due to doping-induced
changes to the structure of the conjugated polymer.
2.2 Introduction
Electrical doping of organic semiconductors requires the incorporation of small molecules
that chemically oxidize (p-type) or reduce (n-type) the organic semiconductor to form charge
carriers. In many cases, dopants are added to solid thin films of semiconductors after filmcasting (termed sequential doping) and consequently, controlled doping requires
understanding of mass transport of the dopant into the film.116 Doping induces complex
changes to electronic, thermal, and mechanical properties alongside changes to crystalline and
mesoscopic morphology.117,118 Moreover, diffusion of dopants is a heterogeneous process
owing to their semicrystalline nature which results in domains with varying electronic and
ionic conductivity.104,119 Improved control of doping requires an understanding of the reactive
and diffusive driving forces for dopant transport, suitable approximations for continuum
models, and consideration for the complex changes to polymer properties that arise from
doping.
A common doping method involves either immersion of semiconducting polymer films in
solutions of the dopant (immersion doping) or thermal evaporation/sublimation of the dopant
into the polymer film (vapor doping). Both methods have been used as platforms to control
36
and investigate the mass transport of various dopants, including 2,3,5,6-tetrafluoro-7,7,8,8tetracyanoquinodimethane (F4TCNQ),18,120–123 molybdenum tris(1-(methoxycarbonyl)-2(trifluoromethyl)ethane-1,2-dithiolene) (Mo(tfd-CO2Me)3),124,125 and phosphomolybdic acid
(PMA).126 Within these studies, diffusion has been quantified in the context of: (1) diffusion
of the dopant as it is introduced into the film and (2) diffusion of the dopant in the solid state
following the doping process. Temperature, equilibrium between the neutral and ionized
dopant, the size and shape of the dopant, the degree of solvent swelling, and doping reaction
mechanism are all likely to affect the degree by which the dopant diffuses into the
film.121,123,125–128
The most extensive models of dopant diffusion have examined the diffusion coefficients
of both the neutral and ionized form of two common dopants (F4TCNQ and Mo(tfd-CO2Me)3),
both of which oxidize the conjugated polymer by a charge transfer mechanism. 120,125,129 A
study of diffusion of Mo(tfd-CO2Me)3 into poly(3-hexylthiophene) (P3HT) thin films and
found that the surface concentration of Mo(tfd-CO2Me)3•- saturates quickly and is essentially
immobilized by coupling with the charged P3HT•+.125 A study of the in-plane diffusion of
F4TCNQ and a larger derivative (F4MCTCNQ) in semiconducting polymers, found that the
F4TCNQ diffuses approximately 1-2 orders more quickly than its radical anion.120 Both
considered dopant adsorption capacity and found that ionized dopants are the majority species,
transported predominantly through the amorphous domains.
Here,
we
focus
on
the
transport
of
a
Brønsted
acidic
dopant,
bis(trifluoromethane)sulfonimide (HTFSI), introduced into P3HT from the solution phase. To
37
understand the individual contributions of doping reaction and diffusion to the overall process,
we first investigated the proposed Brønsted acid doping mechanism and find that proton
transfer limits the overall rate of the doping reaction. By measuring the depth-dependent
dopant concentrations we find that deuterium (from a labeled acid dopant) is retained in
significant quantities and that doping is diffusion-limited in films >100 nm in thickness.
Complementary surface-sensitive grazing incidence X-ray scattering confirms that charge
carrier-induced structural changes are most concentrated at the surface, likely due to doping
induced rigidity that impedes further diffusion of dopants.
2.3 Results and Discussion
2.3.1 Diffusion-limited thickness dependence of electrical conductivity
Figure 7. Schematic of immersion doping process
First, dopants must diffuse into the polymer that is a mixture of reacted and unreacted units.
Upon reaction, the polymer segment and neutral dopant are converted to the charge
carrier-counterion product.
38
The thickness dependence of the electrical conductivity of P3HT films doped by
immersion in a solution of HTFSI suggests that diffusion can limit doping. Immersion doping
is a diffusive-reactive process which requires diffusion of dopants past regions of reacted
polymer (Figure 7). Upon diffusion to unreacted segments, the polymer segment and neutral
dopant undergo a reaction to produce the charge carrier-counterion product. When 10 nm- and
265 nm-thick films of P3HT are immersed in a solution of the strong acid HTFSI, their
conductivity varies inversely with film thickness. Undoped 265 nm thick films of P3HT
exhibit electrical conductivities around 10-4 S/cm (10 nm films were 2 orders more conductive
due to background doping, see Figure 8). For any given set of immersion times, the thinner
films exhibit conductivities approximately an order greater than those of the thicker films. The
limited conductivity of the thicker film is consistent with an estimate that only the surface
layer is doped. A possible interpretation is that limited diffusion of dopants can result in
conductivities which vary inversely with film thickness.
Figure 8. Thickness dependent conductivity of immersion doped P3HT
39
Conductivity of 10 nm and 265 nm thick P3HT films immersed in acidic solutions [148 mM
HTFSI (CH3OH)] for varying times while exposed to air. The fact that a much thicker film
exhibits limited conductivity suggests a surface-limited doping mechanism.
2.3.2 Model of the Brønsted acidic doping process
The proposed mechanism of doping by strong Brønsted acids differs significantly from
that of charge transfer dopants.130–134 While charge transfer dopants can directly oxidize ptype conjugated polymers due to their high electron affinity, molecular doping via Brønsted
acids have been suggested to follow a three-step mechanism, with the initial proton transfer
and interchain oxidation mechanism expected to be endergonic and the final dehydrogenation
step driving the reaction forward (see Figure 9).131,132,134–136 A recent study reported direct
observations of H2 evolution during Brønsted acidic p-doping, though the rate limiting steps
have yet to be confirmed experimentally.137 Here we investigate the overall doping reaction
to first determine the rate limiting step before considering diffusion limitations.
40
Figure 9. Proposed mechanism of Brønsted acid doping
In the first step, the acid protonates a polymer segment, generating a charged intermediate.
In the second step, the protonated intermediate oxidizes a nearby neutral segment,
generating a polaron and a second hydrogenated radical intermediate. In proposed the
third step, two radical intermediates react and H2 gas is evolved.
In the first step, the polythiophene backbone (B) is protonated by the acid (H+), generating
a positive charge delocalized along the polymer backbone (HB+), compensated by the
counterion (A-) (Equation 11).
H + + 𝐴− + 𝐵 ⇋ H𝐵 + : 𝐴−
41
Equation 11
In the second step, the HB+ intermediate oxidizes a nearby neutral chain (B), resulting in a
hydrogenated radical intermediate (HB •) and polaron (B•+). Because of charge neutrality the
counterion is associated with the polaron (Equation 12).
H𝐵 + : 𝐴− + 𝐵 ⇋ H𝐵 • + 𝐵 •+ : 𝐴−
Equation 12
The proposed third dehydrogenation step, where two HB• intermediates react and H2 is
evolved to regenerate the neutral polythiophene (B), is an exergonic step that drives the overall
reaction forward (Equation 13).
H𝐵 • → 𝐵 + 1⁄2 H2 (v)
Equation 13
To model the role of reaction rate on the immersion doping process, we consider the
doping reaction by a Brønsted acid as follows. We model Equation 11 and Equation 12 with
the assumption that the forward electron transfer is rapid and irreversible with the overall
process limited by the forward rate of protonation (abbreviated as kpt). With this, the observed
rate of reaction is limited by the forward rate of proton transfer (kobs ≈ kpt) Equation 14.
𝑑𝑐𝐵•+:𝐴−
= 𝑘obs 𝑐H+
𝑑𝑡
Equation 14
Neutral and ionized dopant transport throughout the polymer film is modeled using the
diffusion-reaction equation (Equation 15).129
42
𝜕𝑐𝑖
= 𝐷𝑖 ∇2 𝑐𝑖 + 𝑅𝑖
𝜕𝑡
Equation 15
In Equation 15, the change in concentration with time and space of species i (∂ci/∂t) is related
Fickian diffusion (Di∇2ci) and reaction rate (Ri). Ri is defined for the acid dopant (H+), polymer
repeat segment (B), and product (B•+:A-)) with Equation 16.
𝑅H+ = 𝑅𝐵 = −𝑅𝐵•+:𝐴− = −𝑘obs 𝑐H+
Equation 16
In Equation 16, kobs is the pseudo first-order rate constant of the overall reaction and cH+ is the
concentration of the acid in solution.
The immersion doping experiments were controlled for dopant concentrations, film
thicknesses, and immersion times to test the model. Because of the strong acidity of HTFSI
(pKa < 0),138 it is leveled by the basicity of methanol, the solvent. For all deuterated acid
solutions used here, 166 mM of HTFSI was dissolved in deuterated methanol (148 molecules
of CD3OD per HTFSI) which resulted in a predominantly deuterated acid, i.e. CD3OD2+. Both
the acid and counter ion were tracked by DSIMS using 19F and D (deuterium) as atomic labels
to access the concentration profile of the dopant through the film depth.139,140 For the
diffusion-reaction model, the concentration of the acid at the film surface was approximated
as constant owing to the large excess of solution relative to the total amount of polymer. The
initial concentration of P3HT segments (reactant in this scenario) was varied as a fitting
parameter and held fixed through each iteration. Specifically, the solid-state concentration of
43
P3HT repeat units is calculated from its density and divided by a stoichiometric parameter to
represent the average number of repeat units consumed per dopant in a reaction. Lastly, we
note that the presence of oxygen did not significantly affect the doping process overall, with
differences in concentration depth profiles [Figure 18 (Appendix) exposed to air and Figure
20 (Appendix) entirely in N2] unable to be resolved within the resolution of the depth profiling
technique.
2.3.3 Reaction rate in the absence of diffusion limitations
First, we measured the primary kinetic isotope effect upon D exchange of the acidic proton
to determine whether the proton transfer reaction is rate-limiting in polaron generation as
assumed by the model.141,142 To determine reaction kinetics from in situ UV-vis experiments,
film thicknesses were minimized to 10 nm (in contrast to the 265 nm films used in depth
profiling experiments). This ensures that diffusion limitations are minimized and that the
changes in absorbance are determined primarily by the rate of the overall reaction. Later,
relative reaction and diffusion rates were analyzed for homogeneous diffusive-reactive
transport of dopants in thin films, showing that reaction kinetics can be reasonably determined
from 10 nm-thick films.
44
Figure 10. HTFSI immersion doping kinetics from in-situ UV-vis absorbance
spectroscopy.
(a) Time-resolved UV-vis spectra of 10 nm-thick P3HT film doped by immersion in a
HTFSI solution (left). The polaron absorbance and neutral 0-1 vibronic absorbances are
tracked at 1.55 and 2.23 eV, respectively, indicated by vertical dashed lines. The change in
absorbance (right) reflects conversion the neutral P3HT to charged P3HT•+ with
immersion-doping time and is fit to a pseudo-first order rate law. (b) Time-resolved UV-vis
spectra of an identically prepared 10 nm-thick P3HT film in DTFSI solution (left) and
corresponding change in polaron absorbance over time.
45
Time-resolved UV-vis shows clear differences in the rate of polaron generation between
films immersed in solutions of protonated and deuterated acid, with the DTFSI solution-doped
film requiring 6 times longer than the HTFSI solution-doped film. To extract rate coefficients
and assess the kinetic isotope effect, two models are employed: (1) a numerical solution to the
Equation 15, to assess the full model implementation in the limiting case of no diffusion
limitations, and (2) a simplified model assuming reaction-controlled kinetics and a pseudofirst order rate law.135,143–145 The Damköhler number (Da), defined in Equation 17, describes
the relative contributions of diffusion and reaction rates from Equation 15.
reaction rate 𝑘obs 𝑙 2
Da =
=
diffusion rate
𝐷 H+
Equation 17
In Equation 17, kobs is the pseudo first-order rate of the overall reaction (able to be
converted to the second-order rate constant by normalizing by the solution concentration of
the acidic dopant, cH+,0), l is the film thickness, and DH+ is the acid dopant diffusion
coefficient. As a ratio of reaction and diffusion rates, Da ≫ 1 indicates a fast reaction and
diffusion-limited process and Da ≪ 1 indicates the opposite. By minimizing the thickness of
the film, the relative rate of reaction to diffusion can be minimized to allow reaction kinetics
to control the time-dependent absorbance. We verify this for 10 nm P3HT films by fitting a
solution to the differential mole balance that describes the time-dependent optical absorbance
(Equation 18 and Equation 19).
𝐴𝐵 (𝑡) = 𝜀𝐵 𝑙𝑐𝐵 [exp(−𝑘obs 𝑡)]
46
Equation 18
𝐴𝐵•+ (𝑡) = 𝜀𝐵•+ 𝑙𝑐𝐵 [1 − exp(−𝑘obs 𝑡)]
Equation 19
In Equation 18, AB(t) is the time-dependent change in the neutral vibronic absorbance of
P3HT, εB is the extinction coefficient of P3HT, l is the film thickness, cB is the P3HT polymer
segment concentration (assuming 10 repeat units per segment), kobs is the pseudo first-order
rate of the overall reaction, and t is the reaction time. Similarly, in Equation 19, AB•+(t) is the
time-dependent change in polaron absorbance and εB•+ is the extinction coefficient of the
polaron product.
For the full diffusion-reaction system, the concentration profiles are numerically solved
assuming DH+ ≫ kptl2 and converted to absorbance in the same way. Both fits to the diffusionreaction equation (Equation 15) and the analytical solutions to the differential mole balance
(Equation 18 and Equation 19) result in the same reaction rate and when plotted, give
overlapping curves that reinforce that doping of 10 nm films is suitable for determining
reaction rate kinetics [see Figure 15 (Appendix) for comparison of fits]. To fit changes in the
polaron absorbance, 10 P3HT repeat units are assumed to form one reactive segment,
commensurate with estimates from ENDOR measurements in similar systems.136,146 Later,
this stoichiometric parameter is varied when fitting the experimentally measured dopant
concentration profiles further justifying that 10 repeat units per reactive segment is reasonable.
Upon fitting the reaction rate from protonated and deuterated acid doped films, a primary
hydrogen kinetic isotope effect, kpt,H/kpt,D of 6, was observed. While undoped, the P3HT films
47
exhibits well-defined vibronic absorbances between 2 eV and 2.5 eV owing to the highly
aggregated and semicrystalline morphology of P3HT in the solid state. Tracking the polaronic
absorbance (centered at 1.55 eV) and neutral 0-1 vibronic transition (centered at 2.23 eV)
enables generation of polarons and consumption of the neutral P3HT to be monitored. On the
right side of Figure 10, the observed changes in polaron and vibronic absorbances are fit to
Equation 5 assuming DH+ ≫ kptl2 (DH+ = 500 nm2 min-1). The fits closely track the change in
polaronic and vibronic absorbances for both protonated and deuterated acid doped films,
differing significantly only in the reaction rates (7.8 × 10-3 min-1 and 1.3 × 10-3 min-1,
respectively). From this, we conclude that the electron transfer step is fast compared to the
proton transfer step and that the initial proton transfer step limits the rate of the overall reaction
in the absence of limits of mass diffusion. Lastly, we note that change in absorbance features
follow from the second step, thus the third dehydrogenation step is silent in the UV-vis spectra.
2.3.4 Stable dopant concentration gradients from diffusion-limited doping
To study the fate of the proton from the acidic dopant after formation of the charge carrier,
we measured the retention of D using dynamic secondary ion mass spectrometry (DSIMS)
(Figure 11). In the case of complete retention of the acidic deuterium, D is expected to be
retained in stoichiometric quantities with the TFSI- counterion. While the TFSI- concentration
can be tracked by complementary XPS and DSIMS of fluorine, H/D are not accessible in XPS.
Moreover, expected concentrations of D added by the labeled acid are low considering the
expected doping levels and potential loss of D by the proposed dehydrogenation step.
Assuming that completely doped P3HT•+ film contains 1 TFSI- per 10 repeat units, the TFSIdensity should be ~1020 molecules cm-3. The corresponding expected concentration of H and
48
D (at natural abundance) are ~1023 and ~1019 cm-3, respectively. Thus, D added by the doping
process can be observed by DSIMS. Thicker P3HT films (265 nm) are used for depth profiling
because of the resolution of DSIMS (~10 nm).
Figure 11. Concentration depth profiles of immersion doped P3HT films
Concentration depth profiles of P3HT films immersion doped in DTFSI solution for 2 days,
initial (a) and annealed (b) for 4 h at 120 °C. H and D concentrations are scaled to expected
densities (shown as the dotted blue line) for polystyrene-d8 and polystyrene, respectively.
The concentration of D expected at natural abundance (150 ppm relative to H) is shown as
a reference dashed yellow line. TFSI- concentrations are scaled to quantified XPS depth
profiles of the same samples.
Concentration depth profiles (Figure 11) show that the P3HT films are doped
predominantly at the surface based on the TFSI- concentration [additional profiles in Figure
17 (Appendix)]. For samples kept at ambient temperature, the TFSI- signal peaks upon
reaching the P3HT layer and then rapidly decays indicating both immediate surface
49
enrichment and only very limited diffusion occurring after the initial doping treatments [see
Figure 18 (Appendix)]. We further examined the change after thermal annealing at 120 °C for
4 hours. The similarities between the initial and annealed TFSI- profiles suggest that TFSIdiffusion is slow across a wide temperature range (ambient to 120 °C). Significant enrichment
of TFSI- at the P3HT-substrate interface is an artifact of residual fluorine related to silicon
wafer production.147–149
Our concentration depth profile measurements suggest modest D enrichment of the P3HT
film from reaction with DTFSI. Samples doped by DTFSI exhibit D-enrichment as compared
to HTFSI-doped samples [Figure 17 (Appendix)]. After drying (10-8 torr at ambient
temperature for 24 h), the total amount of D by integration [(1.8 ± 0.2) × 1011] throughout the
analyzed area of the P3HT film exceeds the total amount of TFSI- [(2.3 ± 0.9) × 1010] by an
order of magnitude (Figure 11a). We attribute this excess to residual CD3OD; if all the D is
attributed to CD3OD, then there are ≈2 molecules of solvent per TFSI-. The amount of D
decreases substantially after thermal annealing [(5.4 ± 1.0) × 1010 remaining, Figure 11b]. For
comparison, control samples were immersed in CD3OD solvent only and otherwise processed
identically. While both control and DTFSI solution doped samples exhibit D enrichment, the
control samples exhibit much less residual CD3OD overall. This indicates that the counterion
pair for the doping reaction (CD3OD2+:TFSI-) and doping of P3HT results in greater CD3OD
uptake overall. After accounting for D enrichment in the control, remaining D in equivalently
processed DTFSI-doped samples suggest modest D enrichment due to the doping reaction
(see Figure 19 and Figure 20 in the Appendix).
50
The final proposed step of the doping reaction is evolution of hydrogen, but there is little
direct evidence for this step in literature. Our attempts to determine the overall reaction
product via NMR were inconclusive [see Figure 21 (Appendix)]. The increased amount of D
in the doped samples relative to our undoped control samples could either be caused by
residual CD3OD or by reaction products where the deuteron remains in the film. The D
concentration profile is relatively higher than TFSI- through the film depth. This suggests it is
possible that the proposed HB• intermediate (Figure 9) leads to mobile H• radicals that react
through the thickness of the film. Given that any residual CD3OD cannot be separated from
alternative reaction products, we cannot make a conclusive determination of the final
products. We also note that any reaction products with the polymer could also be accompanied
by side reactions due to residual trace metal species in the polymer from synthesis. For
example, it has recently been shown that Pd/Ni nanoparticles impurities from synthesis in
conjugated polymers can act as hydrogen evolution catalysts in other situations.150,151 While
hydrogen evolution cannot be completely ruled out, our results suggest that other reaction
products may contribute and the overall reaction could be more complex than shown in Figure
9. We note that other semiconducting polymers with different backbone and sidechain designs
can be doped by acids suggesting that the reaction products may vary depending on the
specific material.131,136,152–154
2.3.5 Diffusion-reaction limited doping with increased film thickness
As shown in Figure 12, a much slower polaron generation rate is observed for thicker
films. The absorbance of the neutral polymer for 265 nm films nearly saturates the detector,
thus only the polaron absorbance is tracked. Extracting the polaron absorbance at 1.55 eV
51
shows that the reaction continues past 3,800 minutes, as compared to the 10 nm-film which
saturated around 1,000 minutes. The in situ UV-vis spectra shows a square-like polaron
absorbance, indicative of localized polarons in low concentration.136 Using the reaction rate
fit to the thinner film, we find the diffusion of the TFSI- to be significantly slower than the
neutral dopant owing to its coupling with P3HT•+. As a result, assuming diffusion of only the
neutral dopant results in a best-fit diffusion coefficient of 1.0 nm2 min-1 (1.7 × 10-16 cm2 s-1)
that approximately matches the observed rate of polaron generation. Other studies of diffusion
in the solid state report the diffusion coefficient of neutral F4TCNQ (25 °C),120 neutral I2
(ambient temperature),143 and PCBM (50 °C)155 around 10-11 cm2 s-1 with other studies
reporting similar values.120,143,144,155,156 A study of diffusion of the dopant, Mo(tfd-CO2Me)3,
considered a similar diffusion-reaction equation (Equation 15) and reported a diffusion
coefficient between 10-15 – 10-16 cm2 s-1 and a reaction rate constant of 1.5 × 10-2 min-1 (as
compared to 7.8 × 10-3 min-1 here).125 We note that the dopant here is effectively the large
methanoic acid-counterion pair (CH3OH2+:TFSI-) that results from the leveling effect and
likely contributes to the slow diffusion observed.
Figure 12. Diffusion-limited Brønsted acidic doping reaction fitting
52
(a) In situ UV-vis of 265 nm-thick P3HT immersion-doped in HTFSI solution. (b) Change
in polaron absorbance over time fit to the diffusion-reaction model (Equation 15), holding
the same reaction rate as for the 10 nm film. (c) Predicted concentration profile from the
diffusion-reaction model after 3,800 minutes (the latest data Point shown in (b)).
Despite diffusion coefficient values similar those reported in literature for large dopant
molecules,120,125,143,144,155,156 our model overestimates polaron absorbance at short times and
underpredicts at long times suggesting that additional considerations are needed to accurately
model the rate of polaron generation. Moreover, the predicted concentration profile depicts a
diffusion-limited process with a dopant saturated layer of approximately 40 nm thickness
above an undoped P3HT layer (Figure 12c). Because optical spectroscopy measures the
through plane average concentration, some possibilities (e.g., concentration-dependent dopant
diffusivities) are not observable and may manifest in an apparent lower diffusion coefficient.
To consider limiting factors, we assess the dopant concentration through the film depth in the
context of the diffusion-reaction model.
53
2.3.6 Dopant transport limitations from concentration depth profiles
Figure 13. Anomalous diffusion from time-correlated dopant uptake
(a) Depth profile of a 265 nm-thick P3HT film immersion-doped in HTFSI solution for 2
days while exposed to air. The depth profile can be fit by separating the top 20 nm (surface,
blue-highlighted region) region and the remainder of the film (bulk, pink-highlighted
region, 50 to 220 nm). (b) The experimentally measured total TFSI- uptake in 265 nm thick
P3HT films for varying immersion times in acid solutions (blue and green squares for
HTFSI and DTFSI solutions, respectively) are shown alongside theoretical dopant uptake
results obtained from fitting time-resolved UV-vis spectra (dotted line), the surface layer
(dash-dot line), and the bulk region (dashed line). The data Point at 0 minutes is a reference
for the background fluorine observed in an undoped P3HT film. Details on integration and
model scaling are provided in the Appendix.
Upon analyzing the calibrated dopant concentration profile for the most highly doped
sample (2 days of immersion in HTFSI solution with air exposure, Figure 13a), it is apparent
that no combination of constant diffusion coefficients can produce the experimentally
54
observed TFSI- profile. Fitting the surface region (highlighted in blue) requires approximately
5 P3HT repeat units per TFSI-, reflecting the high concentration of dopants in this region.
Compared to the results from fitting the change in polaron absorbance for a similarly
processed UV-vis sample (Figure 12), the acid dopant diffusion coefficient (DH+, previously
assumed responsible for all of the dopant uptake) is reduced from 1.0 to 0.1 nm2 min-1. This
decrease in DH+ is accounted for with DB•+:A- increased to 0.2 nm2 min-1 (previously assumed
negligible). In contrast, when the region deeper within the film is considered (highlighted in
pink), the ratio of P3HT repeat units to TFSI- ions is increased from 5 to 11, consistent with
lower TFSI- concentration in this region. DH+ and DB•+:A- are also increased from 0.1 to 0.5
nm2 min-1 and 0.2 to 1.8 nm2 min-1, respectively. Altogether, differences in the fits between
the surface and bulk regions suggest that regions of lower dopant concentration exhibit higher
dopant diffusivity.
Comparing the model-predicted curves for the varying fit diffusivities in Figure 13b to the
experimentally measured dopant uptake show that concentration-dependent diffusion
coefficients are needed to accurately describe dopant uptake. Earlier than 3 hours, the
experimentally measured dopant uptake is much faster and drops off rapidly as compared to
the model prediction. The apparent high diffusivity at short immersion doping times and
apparent saturation with increasing immersion time suggest that dopant diffusivity has an
inverse relationship with increasing dopant concentration. Lastly, the total TFSI- uptake
between HTFSI and DTFSI solution-doped films at longer times appears to vary linearly in
agreement with differences in their reaction rate. This is suggestive of a process where solutes
must diffuse through reacted layers of increasing thickness before reaching reactive sites.157
55
Altogether, these results are also consistent with recent studies which found that molecular
doping nominally increases the modulus of conjugated polymers, including P3HT with a
variety of dopants.117,158,159 We propose that the immersion doping process rapidly forms a
doped layer at the film surface whose rigidity limits further diffusion of the dopant and thus
restricts the reaction predominantly to the top 30 nm of the film.
2.3.7 Doping-induced structural changes at film surfaces
Evidence of surface-limited doped layers were further corroborated by angle resolved
grazing incidence wide angle X-ray scattering (GIWAXS) measurements which show distinct
doping-induced structural changes as a function of film depth. To evaluate the changes in
structure of the doped films, known interplanar scattering features for pristine and doped
P3HT were considered. More specifically, P3HT crystallizes with adjacent π-faces stacking
in-plane and alkyl side chains stacking in the out-of-plane direction relative to the substrate.160
For pristine P3HT, this results in scattering from the (020) and (h00) planes near 3.7 Å and
16.5 Å, respectively. Upon doping with HTFSI from the vapor phase, the alkyl chain stacking
distance expands by about 1 Å from 16.5 Å and adjacent 𝜋-𝜋 stacking distances are reduced
by 0.1 Å from 3.79 Å [see Figure 23 (Appendix)]. Similar doping-induced structural changes
have been observed for other conjugated polymers molecularly doped with TFSI-.152,161,162
This is consistent with other reports using a variety of different dopants where the increase in
the alkyl stacking distance is attributed to dopant counterion incorporation between inter-alkyl
side chains.127 The reduction in 𝜋-𝜋 stacking distance upon doping follows from polaroninduced attractive forces that assist in delocalizing polarons and helps to accommodate dopant
counterions.163 Because depth profiling measurements indicate a highly doped surface layer,
56
differences in the structure at varying depths are expected using surface-sensitive angle
resolved GIWAXS.164–166
Differences in the 𝜋-𝜋 stacking distance, attributed to polaron formation, were observed
predominantly at the surfaces of all films. In Figure 14, a complete angle resolved GIWAXS
data set is shown for the most highly doped sample (a 265 nm P3HT film immersion doped
in HTFSI solution for 2 days with air exposure), varying the grazing incidence angle from
0.05° to 0.13° in increments of 0.0025°. At angles less than the critical angle (0.10° for P3HT),
the X-ray penetration depth is only a few nanometers, rapidly increasing to a few microns past
the critical angle (Figure 14a).167 As the incidence angle varies, the resultant scattering
represents depth-weighted contributions of aggregates up to the X-ray penetration depth.
Across all samples, an average difference of 0.2 Å between the (100) distance is observed at
the shallowest and steepest angles, respectively (see Table 1). The modest increase in the
dominant alkyl side chain stacking distance [(h00)] suggests that light doping throughout the
film is sufficient to induce a majority of the observable inter-alkyl side chain expansion. In
contrast, two 𝜋-𝜋 stacking peaks centered at 1.68 Å-1 and 1.75 Å-1, respectively, are evident
at the surface of all immersion-doped samples [Figure 22 (Appendix)]. We attribute the
feature at 1.68 Å-1 [labeled (020)] to a lightly doped aggregate population and the feature at
1.75 Å-1 [(020)’] to more heavily doped aggregates. Changes to the (020) 𝜋-𝜋 stacking
distance vary distinctly at this doping regime, with the (020)’ feature predominant at the highly
doped film surface and giving way to the (020) feature past the critical angle. This is reflected
in Figure 14b by the relative intensity of peaks fit to each feature that vary consistently with
decreasing doping levels as X-ray penetration depth increases. Similar shifts were observed
57
during in-situ doping of P3HT in an organic electrochemical transistor with TFSI- as the
counterion.162
Figure 14. Angle-dependent GIWAXS of surface-doped P3HT
(a) X-ray penetration depth varies with grazing incidence angle, scattering from the top few
nanometers at shallow angles to the entirety of the film thickness at greater incidence angles
(top). Black dots correspond to angles at which grazing incidence measurements were
taken. Surface plot of radially integrated scattering intensity versus magnitude of the
scattering vector, q, and grazing incidence angle (bottom). (b) Radially integrated
scattering intensity at the shallowest angle (0.05°, c.a. 5 nm), critical angle (0.10°, c.a. 60
nm), and deepest angle measured (0.13°, entire film), showing differences in unit cell
dimensions induced by doping at the surface.
58
Lastly, we note that the structure of the acid doped P3HT is not significantly affected
relative to other dopants. While NMR experiments were inconclusive in determining any
chemical changes during doping, X-ray scattering suggests that it is unlikely to occur along
the polymer backbone within ordered regions. For polythiophenes, trigonal sp2 bonding
results in a planar backbone geometry that helps facilitate 𝜋-𝜋 stacking along the (020)
direction. The doping-induced addition of a backbone proton bond would result in tetragonal
sp3 bonding that disrupts 𝜋-𝜋 stacking structure. Instead, scattering from the acid-doped P3HT
displays changes similar to those observed by other non-acidic dopants, e.g., F4TCNQ.122 We
suggest that within the doping regime here (1019 to 1020 cm-3), doping in the bulk of the film
takes place predominantly within disordered regions and near the disordered-ordered
interfaces based on comparison with in-situ measurements of P3HT electrochemically gated
with TFSI- counterions.162
2.4 Conclusions
Sequential doping of conjugated polymer films is a complex process due to dopinginduced changes in the polymer that concomitantly affect the transport of dopants. Here we
found a significant kinetic isotope effect with Brønsted acid-based doping demonstrating that
proton transfer limits the rate of polaron generation in the absence of limitations of diffusion.
Modest amounts of acidic deuterium are retained in doped films suggesting other possible
reactions than H2 evolution proposed in the literature. Using thicker P3HT films, we consider
both reaction and diffusion processes, finding that the doping process is diffusion limited in
this system. Detailed measurements of the dopant concentration profile show that the dopants
are predominantly confined to the P3HT surface, suggesting an inverse relationship between
59
doping level and dopant diffusivity. These limitations manifest in limited conductivity of thick
P3HT films (as compared to uniformly doped films) as well as surface-confined doping
induced structural changes. This work demonstrates that both reactive and diffusive driving
forces are important for understanding the efficiency of doping processes.
2.5 Acknowledgements
We acknowledge support from the U.S. Army Research Office and accomplished
under cooperative agreement W911NF-19-2-0026 for the Institute for Collaborative
Biotechnologies. This research made use the Stanford Synchrotron Radiation
Lightsource, SLAC National Accelerator Laboratory, is supported by the U.S.
Department of Energy, Office of Science, Office of Basic Energy Sciences under
Contract No. DE-AC02-76SF00515. A portion of this work was performed in the
UCSB Nanofabrication Facility, an open access laboratory. The research reported here
made use of shared facilities of the National Science Foundation Materials Research
Science and Engineering Center (MRSEC) at UC Santa Barbara (NSF DMR 1720256),
which is a member of the Materials Research Facilities Network (www.mrfn.org).
P.H.N gratefully acknowledges support from the National Science Foundation
Graduate Research Fellowship Program under grant no. 2139319. Any opinions,
findings, and conclusions or recommendations expressed in this material are those of
the authors and do not necessarily reflect the views of the National Science Foundation.
60
2.6 Appendix
2.6.1 Experimental methods
2.6.1.1 P3HT Film Preparation
P3HT (74 kDa, 2.2 PDI, 96% regioregular) was purchased from Rieke Metals. Solutions
were made by dissolving P3HT in 1:1 (v:v) chlorobenzene:dichlorobenzene, stirred overnight
at 120 °C in an N2 glovebox. Solutions were cooled to room temperature and filtered through
0.45 μm PTFE filters prior to spin-casting. For GIWAXS and XPS/DSIMS samples, native
oxide silicon substrates were cleaved from wafers and cleaned by sequential sonication in
acetone, DI water, and isopropanol. UV-vis substrates were cut from thin quartz coverslips to
fit in standard 1 cm quartz cuvettes and cleaned using the same procedure. For conductivity
measurements, 15 × 15 mm quartz substrates were cleaned using the same procedure. After
drying, substrates were plasma cleaned with 300 mTorr of air at 100 W, then immersed in
isopropanol until immediately before spin casting. Thin (10 ± 2.4 nm thick) films were made
by spin casting 5 mg/mL P3HT (in 1:1 chlorobenzene:dichlorbenzene) at 3,000. Thicker (265
± 11 nm thick) films were spun from 35 mg/mL solutions at 1,000 RPM. Subsequently, all
samples were annealed in N2 at 120 °C for 30 minutes.
2.6.1.2 Immersion Doping Procedure
Doping solutions were made by dissolving HTFSI (trifluoromethanesulfonimide, Sigma
Aldrich) in either CD3OD (166.2 mM, 5 wt% HTFSI) or CH3OH (148.3 mM, 5 wt% HTFSI)
in a N2-filled glovebox and stirred overnight. Immersion doping was performed either in a
fume hood or in an N2-filled glovebox (samples exposed to air are noted explicitly throughout)
61
by immersing P3HT films in 20 to 40 mL of dopant solution, and removed and dried after 3
hours, 1 day, and 2 days. Samples were further dried in high vacuum conditions (10-8 torr,
ambient temperature) overnight prior to analysis. For DSIMS samples, deuterated polystyrene
(polystyrene-d8) D calibration and polystyrene (polystyrene) spacing layers are added by
floating spun cast polystyrene and polystyrene-d8 films from quartz substrates onto water.
The polystyrene and polystyrene-d8 films are lifted from the water bath using an O-ring, left
to dry for 5 minutes, and overlaid onto the doped P3HT films to be depth profiled. After,
samples were further dried overnight (10-8 torr, ambient temperature) prior to depth profiling.
2.6.1.3 In Situ UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Film samples were placed in standard solution cuvettes such that the film surface was
oriented towards the light source. Cuvettes fit with septum caps were filled with N2-blanketed
doping solutions and scans ranging from 190 nm to 1100 nm were acquired up to 4320 minutes
(3 days). All UV-vis spectra were acquired using an Agilent Technologies Cary 60 UV-vis
spectrometer and data analysis was conducted using custom MATLAB scripts. Polaron
absorbance was tracked by subtracting the first spectra from all others to create difference
spectra. The primary polaron absorbance and 0-1 vibronic absorbance at 1.55 eV and 2.23 eV,
respectively, were tracked over time to extract doping reaction kinetics.
2.6.1.4 Conductivity Measurements
For four-point probe conductivity measurements, shadow mask evaporation was used to
deposit 30 nm gold electrodes (1 mm width, 0.2 mm length) using an Angstrom Engineering
metal evaporator. Measurements were performed under inert N2. Current ranging from 100 to
62
-100 μA, was supplied using a Keithley 6220 precision current source and voltage was
measured using a Keithley 2400 source meter. Reported conductivities are the average of two
measurements on each sample.
2.6.2 Kinetic models applied to UV-vis spectroscopy
Figure 15. Comparison of numerical and analytic kinetic model fits
(a) (Top) Differences between fit of the diffusion-reaction equation (Equation 15)
(ΔAbsdifferential, middle) and differential mole balances (Equation 18 and Equation 19)
(ΔAbskinetic, bottom) for 10 nm P3HT films in (a) HTFSI (CH3OH) and (b) DTFSI (CD3OD)
solutions.
63
2.6.3 High depth resolution DSIMS quantified via XPS
Immersion-doped samples were cleaved in two for concurrent XPS and DSIMS depth
profiling measurements. Additional polystyrene and deuterated polystyrene layers were
floated onto DSIMS samples to provide deuterium calibration standards. F 1s atomic
percentage was quantified from XPS depth profiles using the Avantage software suite
provided by Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. A complete XPS depth profile was taken for one
sample to calibrate the etch time with etch depth using the known P3HT film thickness.
Similarly, DSIMS depth profiles were converted from sputtering time to depth using the
known P3HT film thickness. Least-squares fitting was performed to scale the 19F DSIMS
profile to the F 1s XPS depth profile. All samples demonstrated good agreement between the
XPS and SIMS fluorine profiles (Figure 16). The XPS F 1s signal approaches the noise floor
after approximately 1 atomic % at the survey scan conditions employed, corresponding to a
noise floor of approximately 1020 cm-3 and depth of 30 nm.
64
Figure 16. Comparison of DSIMS and XPS fluorine depth profiles
Matching 19F and F 1s profiles from XPS and DSIMS depth profiling, respectively, for
samples whose dopant uptake are summarized in Figure 13 of the main text. All samples
were exposed to air during the doping process.
The F 1s peak is quantified at each depth, allowing for the 19F profile to be scaled
accordingly using least-squares fitting. Resulting depth profiles retain high depth resolution
and signal-to-noise ratio while being stoichiometrically calibrated. Reported total D and TFSIfollow from integrating concentration depth profiles through the 265 nm P3HT region and
accounting for the 3.1 × 10-5 cm2 regions analyzed by DSIMS. Model results (presented in
Figure 13 of the main text) are scaled in the same way for direct comparison with experimental
results.
65
Figure 17. Concentration depth profiles of H/DTFSI immersion-doped P3HT films
Concentration depth profiles of P3HT films immersion doped in in DTFSI (left column) and
HTFSI (right column) solution 3 hours (a, b), 1 day (c, d), and 2 days (e, f), corresponding
to dopant uptake measurements summarized in Figure 13 of the main text. All samples
presented here were exposed to air during the doping process.
66
Figure 18. D retention in DTFSI-doped P3HT films
Integrated D and TFSI- throughout 265 nm P3HT films immersion doped in DTFSI solution.
Error bars correspond to one standard deviation (N = 2).
The integrated concentration of D throughout the P3HT film (light yellow bar) exceeds
the amount of TFSI- (green bar) by approximately an order of magnitude before annealing
[(1.8 ± 0.2) × 1011 vs (2.3 ± 0.9) × 1010, respectively]. The D attributable to CD3OD (dark
yellow bar) can be estimated by assuming the fraction of D originating from the doping
reaction is equivalent to the amount of TFSI- at most. Normalizing the remaining D provides
an estimate of residual CD3OD content relative to TFSI-. Most of the residual CD3OD
evaporates during annealing which suggests that D imparted by the doping reaction constitutes
a significant fraction of the D signal after annealing.
67
Figure 19. Concentration depth profile comparisons between DTFSI-doped annealed
and unannealed P3HT films
Concentration depth profiles of P3HT films immersed in DTFSI (CD3OD) solution and in
CD3OD solvent only. DTFSI-doped samples show significant D enrichment as compared to
controls samples immersed only in CD3OD solvent (left). While most of the D disappears
following the annealing process (right), residual D remains primarily at the P3HT top
surface for both DTFSI-doped and control samples.
A majority of the D enrichment from resulting from the doping process is attributable to
residual CD3OD solvent (Figure 19). The annealing process removes most of the residual
CD3OD; however, a significant amount relative to TFSI- remains. While both annealed
DTFSI-doped and control samples exhibit D-enrichment, the DTFSI-doped sample is
significantly D-enriched throughout the film depth as compared to control samples. This
suggests that excess D comes from the doping reaction.
68
Figure 20. TFSI- diffusion in surface-doped P3HT past 1 week
Effect of sample aging for 1 week. The same samples as reported in Figure 13 were
measured using complementary XPS and DSIMS depth profiling.
The quantified depth profile after 1 week of aging in an inert atmosphere at ambient
temperature shows that TFSI- diffusion does not occur significantly within the 1-week time
frame from sample doping to sample measurements. Deviations between the TFSI- profiles of
the samples as reported and after 1 week are below the interfacial resolution of the technique.
69
2.6.4 CP/MAS NMR of P3HT and Brønsted acid-doped P3HT
Figure 21. Solid state CP/MAS 1H→13C NMR spectra of pristine and HTFSI-doped
P3HT
Solid state cross-polarization magic angle spinning 1H→13C NMR spectra of (a) pristine
and (b) HTFSI-doped P3HT. (a) Decreasing the cross-polarization contact time between
1
H and 13C highlights carbons in proton-abundant environments. There is only one native
proton on the P3HT backbone (position 4, P3HT repeat unit labeled on the inset) whose
position is highlighted at short contact times. (b) Cross-polarization at short (200 μs) and
long (500 μs) contact times for P3HT:HTFSI at different dopant to polymer repeat unit
ratios. Signal-to-noise (S/N) ratios (for 200 μs contact time experiments, labeled aromatic
and aliphatic regions) decrease with increasing dopant to polymer repeat unit ratios.
1
H→13C cross-polarization magic-angle-spinning NMR experiments were performed on
a 500 MHz Bruker Avance NMR Spectrometer equipped with a double-resonance 4 mm NMR
probe at a magnetic field strength of 11.7 T and a MAS frequency of 10 kHz. For the pristine
70
P3HT sample, 4096 scans were acquired with cross-polarization contact times of 100, 200,
500, and 2500 μs. For the HTFSI-doped P3HT samples of varying dopant levels, CP/MAS
experiments with 200 μs and 500 μs contact times were acquired. For the 0.05 HTFSI/P3HT
sample, 8192 scans were acquired, and for the 0.10 and 0.20 HTFSI/P3HT samples 16384
scans were acquired in order to observe signals above the noise level in the aromatic 13C NMR
spectrum region. The signal-to-noise (S/N) ratios listed in Figure 21b is normalized to 16384
scans for each sample for the purpose of comparison. A recycle delay of 1 s was used for all
experiments, and SPINAL64 1H heteronuclear decoupling was applied during acquisition.
In the CP/MAS contact time experiment, polarization is transferred from abundant 1H to
13
C to enhance signal. The length scale of polarization transfer varies with time; short contact
times are able to highlight carbons in proton-rich environments. For any significant acidic
proton retention, the proton is expected to bond to the P3HT backbone; however, CP/MAS
NMR of HTFSI-doped P3HT does not unambiguously indicate additional protons added to
any potential bonding sites (see Figure 21). Here, we also note that the signal-to-noise ratio
decreases with increasing HTFSI/P3HT repeat ratio due to increasing concentration of
paramagnetic species (the hole-radical polaron). Paramagnetic species can prematurely relax
polarization, reducing polarization transfer from 1H to 13C and leading to lower signal-to-noise
ratios. Because of this, the CP/MAS NMR of highly doped P3HT cannot conclusively indicate
whether protons are added, even for scans spanning several hours.
71
2.6.5 Angle-Resolved GIWAXS of H/DTFSI-doped P3HT films
X-ray scattering was performed at experimental station 11-3 at the Stanford Synchrotron
Radiation Lightsource using an X-ray energy of 12.7 keV. Angle-resolved GIWAXS scans
were acquired with 100 second exposures at each incidence angle from 0.05° to 0.13° in
increments of 0.0025°. During the acquisition, samples were continuously rocked in the
direction perpendicular to the X-ray flux by ± 2 mm around the sample center to mitigate
beam damage.
Figure 22. Angle-Resolved GIWAXS for H/DTFSI-doped P3HT films
Angle-dependent GIWAXS of 265 nm P3HT immersion-doped in HTFSI solution (exposed
to air) (a, c, e) and DTFSI solution (also exposed to air) (b, d, f) for 3 hours, 1 day, and 2
days. All samples exhibited an expanded (100) stacking distance and two peaks near 3.7 Å
(1.7 Å-1) at shallow incidence only, indicative of surface doping.
72
Table 2. Summary of P3HT lamellar stacking distances
(100) stacking distances extracted from radially integrated GIWAXS data. (100) stacking
distances are extracted from the average of the (100), (200), and (300) stacking distances.
The reported (100) stacking distance is then the average of these at angles probing only the
surface (incidence angle of 0.05° to 0.09°) and the film entirely/bulk (0.11° to 0.13°). Fitting
is performed by subtracting background for each scan and least-squares fitting a Voigt line
shape to (100), (200), (300), (020) and amorphous scattering using a custom MATLAB script.
Surface
Bulk
(100)
Dopant
Immersion
(100)
Standard
stacking
Solution
Time
Standard
Average
Deviation
Difference
stacking
Deviation
distance
distance
(Å)
(Å)
Undoped
None
16.18
0.04
16.15
0.05
0.03
HTFSI
3 hours
17.58
0.05
17.4
0.019
0.16
HTFSI
24 hours
17.89
0.41*
17.7
0.080
0.24
HTFSI
48 hours
17.86
0.03
17.7
0.016
0.17
DTFSI
3 hours
17.45
0.02
17.3
0.008
0.11
DTFSI
24 hours
17.76
0.06
17.6
0.022
0.17
DTFSI
48 hours
17.91
0.03
17.7
0.020
0.23
*Larger standard deviation attributed to stray cosmic radiation striking the X-ray detector
(zinger), visible in the detector image.
73
Figure 23. Radially integrated scattering peaks from GIWAXS measurements of
P3HT films doped with HTFSI from the vapor phase.
Data is taken at a grazing incidence angle of 0.13°, corresponding to the entire thickness
of the film. Additional scattering peaks are from Kapton used to seal the scattering cell and
are used for intensity normalization. Upon doping, the alkyl spacing shifts from 0.38 Å-1
(16.5 Å) to 0.36 Å-1 (17.5 Å), while the 𝜋-𝜋 stacking shifts from 1.66 Å-1 (3.8 Å) to (1.70 Å1
) (3.7 Å-1).
2.6.6 AFM-measured texture of pristine and profiled P3HT films
To assess whether DSIMS signal broadening throughout the depth was likely due to beam
damage, atomic force micrographs were measured for pristine and doped P3HT films (see
Figure 24 and Figure 25). Alignment of rows was performed using third-order polynomials.
In both measurements, the sputtered surface is smoother than the pristine surface as quantified
by the roughness average. While a rougher surface may be a byproduct of the immersiondoping process, these results also suggest that the elemental concentration profiles did not
appreciably broaden due to beam damage.
74
Figure 24. AFM of pristine and sputtered HTFSI-doped P3HT film surfaces
Atomic force micrographs of pristine (a, top) and O2+-sputtered HTFSI immersion-doped
P3HT films (b, top). Height profiles across micrograph midPoints show that depth profiling
does not promote roughening of the sputtered surface. This suggests that sputtering-induced
damage is not likely to cause broadening of the DSIMS depth profiles.
75
Figure 25. AFM of pristine and sputtered DTFSI-doped P3HT film surfaces
Atomic force micrographs of pristine (a, top) and O2+-sputtered DTFSI immersion-doped
P3HT films (b, top). Height profiles across micrograph midPoints show that depth profiling
does not promote roughening of the sputtered surface. This suggests that sputtering-induced
damage is not likely to cause broadening of the DSIMS depth profiles.
76
Chapter 3 – Reversible Modulation of Conductivity in
Azobenzene Polyelectrolytes using Light
Angelique Scheuermann, Javier Read de Alaniz, and Christopher Bates designed the
materials. Angelique Scheuermann and Andrei Nikolaev synthesized and purified the
materials. Phong Nguyen and Angelique Scheuermann characterized materials. Phong
Nguyen and Angelique Scheuermann drafted the manuscript.
This chapter was reproduced in part with permissions from:
Nguyen, P. H.*; Scheuermann, A. M.*; Nikolaev, A.; Chabinyc, M. L.; Bates, C. M.;
Read de Alaniz, J. Reversible Modulation of Conductivity in Azobenzene
Polyelectrolytes Using Light. ACS Appl. Polym. Mater. 2023, 5 (7), 4698-4703. (*equal
contribution)
3.1 Abstract
Incorporating light-responsive azobenzene into polyelectrolytes couples photo-induced
changes in steric interactions and polarity to ionic conductivity. The reversible isomerization
of an azobenzene moiety yields a 2–7 times change in ion conductivity (σtrans > σcis) depending
on polymer composition. These trends cannot be explained by differences in the glasstransition temperatures of the polymers. Instead, UV–vis spectroscopy reveals a bathochromic
shift in the π ⟶ π* transition of cis-poly(azobenzene) upon adding lithium
bis(trifluoromethane)sulfonimide (LiTFSI) salt, suggesting coordination of the cis isomer
with Li+ is responsible for its lower conductivity. In summary, azobenzene is a simple and
convenient functional unit to control the conductivity of polymeric materials using light.
77
3.2 Introduction
Polymer electrolytes (polyelectrolytes) are candidates for solid-state electrolytes owing to
their thermal/chemical stability and synthetically tunable electrochemical and mechanical
properties.168 The ionic conductivity of polyelectrolyte materials is highly influenced by the
degree of the segmental motion within the polymeric matrix, which is related to the glass
transition temperature, Tg.169,170 Here, we hypothesized that the photoisomerization of an
azobenzene side-chain functionality would allow for light-induced modulation of ionic
conductivity in composite materials containing polyelectrolytes. Introducing azobenzene as a
light-responsive unit into a polyelectrolyte offers the capability to remotely change ionic
conductivity via light irradiation with spatial and temporal control. Given that the
photoisomerization
of
azobenzene
is
known
to
affect
polarity171,172
and
sterics/crystallinity,173–175 a key goal is to understand how these factors influence properties
relevant to ion conduction in polyelectrolytes, including polymer Tg and ion coordination.
Previously, we demonstrated the synthesis of polyelectrolytes containing azobenzene for
use in photodetector applications,176 which relied on the dye-sensitizing ability of azobenzene
to stimulate charge transfer with a semiconducting polymer. Here, we leverage trans–cis
isomerization to control ionic conductivity. Past work has reported the modulation of
conductivity in solvated small-molecule ionic liquids based on azobenzene due to aggregation
mediated by trans–cis isomerization.177–179 When incorporated into polymers, the trans–cis
isomerization of azobenzene also changes free volume and thus Tg.180–183 Moreover, past
studies have shown that cis azobenzene can coordinate with small molecules, including metal
78
cations.184–191 We thus hypothesized that light-mediated changes in Tg and ion coordination
could result in photoswitchable polyelectrolyte conductivity with azobenzene covalently
attached to the side chain.
Herein, we describe the design, synthesis, and characterization of two poly(acrylate)based polyelectrolytes with side-chain azobenzene functionality that exhibit reversible lightstimulated changes in ionic conductivity. One contains only azobenzene functionalized side
chains [termed poly(azobenzene)] and the other also includes repeat units functionalized with
the ionic liquid imidazolium bis(trifluoromethane)sulfonimide (Im+TFSI–) [poly(azo-co-IL)].
Ultraviolet (UV) light-induced trans–cis isomerization and a concomitant change in Tg was
characterized for both polymers via UV–visible spectroscopy and differential scanning
calorimetry (DSC). Once both polymers were blended with additional LiTFSI, a reversible
decrease in ionic conductivity was observed upon photoisomerization from transpoly(azobenzene) to cis-poly(azobenzene) and vice versa. Though light does cause Tg to
change in these materials, cycling experiments suggests that coordination of cis-azobenzene
with Li+ dominates the observed trends in conductivity rather than the change in Tg alone.
3.3 Results and Discussion
3.3.1 Design and Synthesis of Azobenzene-Containing Polymeric Ionic
Liquids
To access light-responsive polyelectrolytes, we designed and synthesized copolymers of
azobenzene acrylate (AzoAcMe) and pentafluorophenyl acrylate (PFPA) (Figure 26). Note
79
that a methyl group was added at the ortho position in AzoAcMe to facilitate liquid-crystalline
photo-melting as previously demonstrated with small-molecule powders;192 synthetic details
are provided in the Supporting Information.182 In these copolymers, a high azobenzene content
was targeted to disrupt the aggregation of trans-azobenzene before UV light irradiation.193
Accordingly, AzoAcMe was copolymerized with PFPA in a 7:3 AzoAcMe:PFPA feed ratio
using
conventional
free-radical
polymerization
initiated
with
2,2-azobis(2-
methylpropionitrile).194 The resulting copolymer has a number-average molecular weight Mn
= 18.3 kg/mol and molar-mass dispersity Đ = 1.4 with 26 mol% PFPA as determined by 19F
NMR spectroscopy. This material is a convenient platform for installing ionic-liquid
functionality via activated-ester chemistry through post-polymerization modification.195
Following complete base-catalyzed substitution with an amine nucleophile, amide formation
at the PFPA sites was monitored with 19F NMR by the disappearance of broad polymeric
PFPA resonances and the appearance of sharp peaks corresponding to pentaflourophenol.
Subsequent methylation and salt metathesis afforded the new polyelectrolyte copolymer
poly(azo-co-IL)
with
26
mol%
ionic
liquid
(IL)
incorporation
and
a
bis(trifluoromethane)sulfonimide (TFSI–) counterion, supported by 1H and 19F NMR
spectroscopy (see Figure 43 and Figure 44). As a control, homopolymers of the azobenzene
polymer [poly(azobenzene)] were similarly synthesized without the aforementioned postpolymerization functionalization steps.
80
Figure 26. A four-step synthesis of the poly(azo-co-IL) from AzoAcMe and PFPA.
3.3.2 Photoisomerization of Poly(azobenzene) and Poly(azo-co-IL)
Following the synthesis and purification of poly(azobenzene) and poly(azo-co-IL), we
confirmed azobenzene photo-isomerizes in the solid-state using UV- and visible-light
irradiation to induce cis and trans isomers, respectively. As-cast films of poly(azo-co-IL)
exhibit two absorption bands: a vibronic progression centered around 360 nm corresponding
with a π ⟶ π* transition and a weakly absorbing n ⟶ π* transition in the visible near 460 nm,
see Figure 27. These features are consistent with trans azobenzene. When exposed to UV
irradiation (365 nm, 5 mW/cm2 for 60 seconds), the π ⟶ π* transition bleaches and a stronger
n ⟶ π* absorption is observed corresponding to a 53% isomerization of trans-to-cisazobenzene (see Figure 52).196,197 Signatures of vibronic absorbance are partially retained for
UV-irradiated films, as a fraction of the trans-azobenzene remains.176,182,198,199
81
Figure 27. UV-vis absorbance spectra of cis and trans poly(azo-co-IL)
a) UV–vis absorbance of poly(azo-co-IL) in its b) two isomeric structures. At room
temperature in equilibrium, the polymer absorbance is dominated by the trans isomer form.
Upon irradiation with 365 nm UV light, the primary π ⟶ π* absorbance shifts to 319 nm
(from 348 nm) and the n ⟶ π* absorbance at 455 nm increases, indicating the trans–cis
isomerization.
The glass-transition temperatures (Tg) of the cis and trans poly(azobenzene) and poly(azoco-IL) adducts were measured using differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) to understand
how illumination changes segmental motion. The Tg of cis (4.6 °C) and trans (12.6 °C)
poly(azobenzene) (see Figure 47) exhibits a similar trend as cis (7.4 °C) and trans (18.9 °C)
poly(azo-co-IL). The lower Tg of both cis isomers is consistent with the non-planar structure
of cis azobenzene disrupting aggregation and increasing the free volume as compared to
planar trans azobenzene. Notably, a blueshift in the π ⟶ π* transition (from 360 nm to 319
nm) also corroborates loss of vibronic absorbance from trans azobenzene.199,200 Together,
these results cis azobenzene isomers should yield an improved free–volume-mediated ionic
conductivity.
82
3.3.3 Azobenzene Enables Reversible, Light-Mediated Ionic Conductivity in
Polyelectrolytes
Next, impedance spectroscopy was used to study the ionic conductivity of
poly(azobenzene) and poly(azo-co-IL). Each polymer was blended with 10 wt% LiTFSI in
solution (10 mg/mL in a 1:2 mixture of acetonitrile:toluene) and spin coated onto
interdigitated electrodes. These optically thin films were illuminated with 365 nm and 470 nm
light to alternate between cis and trans isomers with impedance spectra collected in between.
Equivalent circuit model fits indicate the ionic conductivity of trans-poly(azobenzene) is
approximately 6–7 times higher than cis-poly(azobenzene) with a similar, less pronounced
trend observed for poly(azo-co-IL) as well (see Figure 28). Films of both polymers required
approximately 5 photoisomerization cycles before steady-state ionic conductivity values were
reached. This initial transient period may be due to volume changes arising from isomerization
which reach steady state as the films are cycled.198,199 Additionally, optical micrographs of
films cycled 10 times show a significant variation in texture between poly(azobenzene) and
poly(azo-co-IL) with the latter being smoother (see Figure 48). We attribute this difference in
film texture to the better solubility of LiTFSI in poly(azo-co-IL) due to the polymeric ionicliquid functionality. The enhancement in salt solubility imparted by IL incorporation also
results in poly(azo-co-IL) being approximately twice as ionically conductive as
poly(azobenzene) overall.
83
Figure 28. Conductivity of cis/trans poly(azobenzene) and poly(azo-co-IL)
Ionic conductivity of (a) poly(azobenzene) and (b) poly(azo-co-IL). Films were cycled
between cis and trans isomers by exposure to 365 nm and 470 nm light, respectively.
Corresponding ratios of trans to cis conductivity are shown in (c). After 5 cycles, transpoly(azobenzene)
and
trans-poly(azo-co-IL)
are
more
conductive
than
cis-
Reduces
Azobenzene
Cis-Isomer
poly(azobenzene) and cis-poly(azo-co-IL).
3.3.4
Ionic
Liquid
Incorporation
Metastability
We evaluated the stability of cis-poly(azobenzene) and cis-poly(azo-co-IL) by
continuously monitoring both the relaxation of impedance spectra (Figure 29) and thermal
relaxation in the absence of electric fields (Figure 53) over time as both reach equilibrium
(predominantly trans) isomer distributions. For poly(azobenzene), the conductivity resulting
from equivalent model fits does not change appreciably over 45 hours and is consistent with
the long half-life of other substituted cis-azobenzene derivatives in polymers.193,201 The
broadening of the impedance spectra of poly(azobenzene) is attributed to changes in the film
pseudo-capacitance (see Figure 50). In contrast, the impedance spectra of poly(azo-co-IL)
84
decreases over time, reflecting the relaxation of cis azobenzene to the more conductive trans
azobenzene after ca. 35 hours.
Figure 29. Time-resolved conductivity relaxation of cis poly(azobenzene) and
poly(azo-co-IL)
(a) Impedance spectra of initially UV-irradiated cis-poly(azobenzene) (left) and cispoly(azo-co-IL) (right) linearly sampled over 45 h. Although the trans isomers are more
conductive, the impedance spectra of UV-irradiated cis-poly(azobenzene) does not relax to
lower impedances over 45 h of continuous measurement. In contrast, cis-poly(azo-co-IL)
does relax to lower impedances. (b) Conductivity of initially UV-irradiated
poly(azobenzene) and poly(azo-co-IL) over 45 hours. The extracted ionic conductivity of
poly(azobenzene) does not show significant changes over 45 h, suggesting that the
relaxation of the cis isomer is inhibited. In contrast, the conductivity of poly(azo-co-IL)
increases with time, consistent with a relaxation to the trans isomer form.
The increase in conductivity is greater than that observed in Figure 28 likely due to the
concentration of Li+ in high mobility domains at thermal equilibrium (40 °C) being greater
than that resulting from the photostationary state induced by 470 nm light illumination.196 This
85
is corroborated by thermal relaxation measurements of the cis azobenzene UV-vis features to
that of trans azobenzene. While both ionic conductivity (Figure 29) and in-situ UV-vis
measurements (Figure 53) show that IL incorporation reduces cis azopolymer metastability,
UV-vis measurements suggests that cis poly(azo-co-IL) equilibrates to the trans isomer after
approximately 3 hours as compared to conductivity measurements (ca. 35 hours). The delayed
relaxation to the higher ionic conductivities than afforded by cis-trans cycling is likely due to
limited diffusion of mobile Li+ imidazolium-rich domains during the time (10 minutes)
between irradiation cycles in Figure 28.
3.3.5 Proposed Azo-Ion Coordination
Despite the cis isomer of poly(azobenzene) and poly(azo-co-IL) having a lower Tg, both
trans forms show higher ionic conductivity. A similar effect has been observed in the past for
azobenzene-containing vinyl polymers with a variety of metal cations.184,185 In these
examples, additional functionality attached to azobenzene can act as a ligand that complexes
metal cations differently upon trans–cis photoisomerization. Here, we propose a similar
effect, where the more polar nature of cis-azobenzene better coordinates Li+ with the azonitrogen lone pairs.
To explore potential ion coordination effects, we measured UV–visible spectra of
poly(azobenzene) and poly(azo-co-IL) films blended with LiTFSI. While the wavelength and
intensity of the π ⟶ π* absorbance persists with added salt, a bathochromic shift from 319
nm to 337 nm was observed for cis poly(azobenzene) upon adding LiTFSI (Figure 30).
Likewise, for poly(azo-co-IL), copolymerization of IL (imidazolium) causes a modest 5 nm
86
bathochromic shift with additional blended LiTFSI increasing it another 11 nm. A similar shift
in the π ⟶ π* transition has been observed in azobenzene–BF2 complexes due coordination
of BF2 with an azo-nitrogen lone pair.186 In the case of BF2 coordination, increasing electron
density induces a hypsochromic shift of the π ⟶ π* transition. Here, we suggest electrondeficient cations (Im+ and Li+) instead cause a bathochromic shift, the extent of which varies
depending on azobenzene concentration. These effects were not present in trans films, where
the same absorption features do not change with IL incorporation and added salt (Figure 51).
Together, our results suggest cis-azobenzene likely coordinates with cations in both polymers.
Figure 30. Bathochromic shifts in cis poly(azobenzene) and poly(azo-co-IL)
absorbance due to ion coordination
(a) UV–vis absorbance spectra of cis-poly(azo-co-IL) (top) and cis-poly(azobenzene)
(bottom) with/without salt. Adding LiTFSI results in a bathochromic shift of the primary
absorbance for both polymers, suggesting (b) an interaction between azobenzene and Li+
is likely responsible for the difference in ionic conductivity observed with cis and trans
isomers.
87
3.4 Conclusions
The conductivity of materials containing poly(azobenzene) and blended salt can be
reversibly modulated with light. Poly(acrylate) homopolymers with azobenzene side chains
undergo the most drastic change in ionic conductivity, namely a 6–7 times decrease upon
isomerization from the trans to cis isomer. Incorporating a second, polymeric ionic-liquid
(PIL) comonomer further increases absolute conductivity due to the improved solubility of
added salt but attenuates differences between trans and cis to a factor of 2–3. Because cis
isomers have a lower glass-transition temperature than trans, Tg effects cannot explain these
relative conductivity results. Instead, UV–visible spectroscopy suggests possible coordination
of cis-azobenzene with cations as the dominant factor accounting for light-induced changes
in ionic conductivity. The stability of cis-azobenzene also varies with IL incorporation,
persisting for more than 45 h in a poly(azobenzene) homopolymer but relaxing back to trans
after ca. 35 h with poly(azo-co-IL). In summary, azobenzene is a convenient platform for
controlling the conductivity of polymeric materials using light.
3.5 Acknowledgments
The research reported here made use of shared facilities of the National Science
Foundation Materials Research Science and Engineering Center (MRSEC) at UC Santa
Barbara (NSF DMR 1720256, IRG-2), is a member of the Materials Research Facilities
Network (www.mrfn.org). This work utilized NMR instruments supported by the National
Science Foundation under award No. MRI-1920299. A portion of this work was performed in
the UC Santa Barbara Nanofabrication Facility, an open access laboratory. P.H.N. and A.M.S.
gratefully acknowledges support from the National Science Foundation Graduate Research
88
Fellowship Program under grant no. 2139319. Any opinions, findings, and conclusions or
recommendations expressed in this material are those of the authors and do not necessarily
reflect the views of the National Science Foundation.
3.6 Appendix
3.6.1 Experimental Methods
3.6.1.2 Materials
Methanol, dichloromethane, acetonitrile, ortho-dichlorobenzene (DCB), deionized water
(DI), ethanol, toluidine (99%), dimethylformamide (DMF), dichloromethane (DCM), 6bromo alcohol, acryloyl chloride (97%, contains <210 MEHQ as stabilizer), sodium carbonate
(Na2CO3), 4-hexyloxyaniline, o-cresol, triethylamine (TEA), sodium nitrite, hydrochloric acid
(ACS Reagent, 37%), sodium hydroxide (NaOH), magnesium sulfate (anhydrous,
ReagentPlus®, ≥99.5%), sodium iodide (ACS Reagent, >99.5%), 2-bromoethylamine
hydrobromide, and 1-methylimidazole were purchased from Sigma-Aldrich and Fisher
Scientific and used as received. Lithium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonimide) was obtained from
Acros Organics. Toluene was freshly distilled for use. 2,2’-Azobis(2-methylpropionitrile)
(AIBN, from Sigma-Aldrich) was recrystallized in methanol before use.
3.6.1.3 Instrumentation
1
H NMR spectra were recorded on a Varian Unity Inova 500 MHz or a Varian Unity Inova
AS600 500 MHz spectrometer at a regulated temperature of 25 C. 1H NMR chemical shifts
89
were calibrated to the resonances of CDCl3 at δ = 7.26 ppm. 19F NMR spectra were recorded
on an Agilent Technologies 400-MR DD2 400 MHz with monofluorobenzene as an internal
standard at δ = –113.15 for calibration. UV–Vis spectra were recorded on an Agilent Cary 60
UV–Vis Spectrometer. To induce photochemical isomerizations, a 365 nm Thorlabs
collimated LED lamp (80 mW/cm2) and a 470 nm Thorlabs collimated LED lamp (0.2
W/cm2). Glass transition temperatures were measured on a TA Instruments DSC 250.
Impedance spectra were collected using Solartron 1260 and 1287 potentiostats in tandem with
ZPlot software on polymer films spun cast onto custom fabricated interdigitated electrodes.
3.6.2 Synthesis of Poly(azobenzene) and Poly(azo-co-IL)
3.6.2.1 Synthesis of Azo-Me-OH
Figure 31. Multi-step synthesis of AzoAcMe.
The synthesis of Azo-Me-OH was adapted from Ishiba et al.202 In a 500 mL 3-necked
round bottom flask, 4-hexyloxyaniline (4.99 g, 25.8 mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved 2:1 acetone:
water (100 mL) and placed in an ice bath at 0 °C. 5.13 mL 37% HCl (77 mmol, 3 eq) was
added to the round bottom flask slowly. To this solution, sodium nitrite in 50 mL H2O (2.36
90
g, 34.3 mmol, 1.33 eq) was added and the mixture turned from a brown color to a clear
gray/black solution over ~5 min. Upon which, a solution containing both o-cresol (3.57 mL,
35.6 mmol, 1.34 eq) and NaOH (3.17 g, 79.3 mmol, 3.07 eq) in 60 mL H2O was added
dropwise, resulting the formation of a red precipitate. After 24 hours, the solution was
neutralized with 10 wt% HCl and the dark red precipitate was isolated. The crude precipitate
was purified via column chromatography (eluded with 100% dichloromethane (DCM)) to
afford a dark red crystalline product (2.86 g, 35% yield).
Figure 32. 1H NMR spectrum of Azo-Me-OH in CDCl3.
3.6.2.2 Synthesis of Ac-Br
The following procedure was adapted from the literature.203 In an oven dried 3-necked
500 mL round bottom flask, 6-bromoalcohol (6.4 mL, 48.9 mmol, 1 eq) and dry triethylamine
(7.5 mL, 53.8 mmol, 1.1 eq) were dissolved in dry toluene (200 mL). The flask was lowered
into an ice bath at 0 °C, and a solution containing acryloyl chloride (4.5 mL, 55.7 mmol, 1.14
91
eq) and 30 mL dry toluene was added dropwise to the first solution via addition funnel. After
24 hours, the reaction was quenched with the addition of 50 mL DI H2O. The organic layer
was collected and sequentially washed with 5% Na2CO3 in water (3x40 mL), 5% HCl (30
mL), and brine (50 mL). The organic layer was collected after washing, dried with MgSO4,
and reduced under reduced pressure to afford the Ac-Br product as a slightly yellow liquid
(9.4 g, 81 % yield), which was used without further purification.
Figure 33. 1H NMR spectrum of Ac-Br in CDCl3.
3.6.2.3 Synthesis of AzoAcMe
Ac-Br (3 g, 11.8 mmol, 1 eq), Azo-Me-OH (4.8 g, 15.4 mmol, 1.3 eq), NaI (53.2 mg, 0.03
eq), K2CO3 (2.94 g, 21.3 mmol, 1.8 eq) were dissolved in 60 mL DMF in a 200 mL round
bottom flask. The reaction was sparged with N2, a reflux condenser was attached to the flask,
and the reaction was heated to 115 °C for one hour. The reaction was found complete by 1H
NMR spectroscopy after the one hour mark. Water was then added to the reaction mixture,
92
and the reaction was poured into a 500 mL separation flask, and ethyl acetate (5 × 40 mL) was
used to extract the product. The organic layer was collected, washed with brine (40 mL), dried
with MgSO4, filtered and solvent removed with a rotovap. The crude reaction mixture was
purified via column chromatography (eluded with 100% dichloromethane (DCM)) to afford
as AzoAcMe as an orange-yellow powdery solid (4.35 g, 79% yield.)
3.6.2.4 Characterization of AzoAcMe
1
H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.84 (d, 2H, JHH = 9 Hz, ArH), 7.73 (m, 2H, ArH), 6.98 (d, 2H, ArH),
6.89 (d, 1H, ArH), 6.40 (dd, 1H, JHH = 18 Hz, 1.5 Hz, alkene-H), 6.14 (q, 1H, JHH = 10.4 Hz,
alkene-H), 5.80 (q, 1H, JHH = 10.4 Hz, 1.5 Hz), alkene-H), 4.19 (t, 2H, JHH = 7 Hz, OCH2),
4.06 – 4.02 (overlapping mult., 4H, OCH2), 2.29 (s, 3H, Ar-CH3), 1.89 – 1.78 (overlapping
mult. 4H, CH2) 1.73 (pentet, 2H, JHH = 7 Hz), 1.60 – 1.53 (mult., 2 H, CH2), 1.51 – 1.45 (mult.,
4 H, CH2), 1.35 (pentet, JHH = 4 Hz, CH2), 0.92 (t, 3H, JHH = 7 Hz, –CH3). 13C[1H] NMR
(CDCl3) δ 166.55, 161.34, 159.00, 147.23, 146.69, 130.76, 128.84, 127.71, 124.48, 123.74,
125.67, 114.90, 110.75, 68.56, 66.56, 66.26, 64.75 31.84, 29.44, 29.40, 28.84, 26.10, 26.00,
25.96, 22.85, 16.65, 14.29.
FT-IR (neat) v (cm–1) 3072, 3060, 3055, 2938, 2864, 1718, 1635, 1596, 1500, 1489, 1462,
1416, 1390, 1320, 1296, 1244, 1150, 1139, 1104, 1075, 1057, 986, 936, 904, 843, 807, 787,
748, 729, 671, 635, 593, 582, 542. MS (ESI-TOF) m/z = 467.3 [M+H]+, 489.3 [M+Na+].
93
Figure 34. 1H (top) and 13C[1H] (bottom) NMR spectra of AzoAcMe in CDCl3.
94
Figure 35. Mass spectra of AzoAcMe.
Figure 36. FT-IR spectra of AzoAcMe.
95
Figure 37. Free-radical polymerization of AzoAcMe to poly(azobenzene).
3.6.2.5 Synthesis of poly(azobenzene)
The pentafluorophenyl acrylate (PFPA) monomer was synthesized according to
literature.204 To a flame-dried 25 mL Schlenk flask, AzoAcMe (500 mg, 0.89 mmol, 4 eq) and
AIBN (3.5 mg, 0.025 mmol, 0.1 eq), and 1 mL o-DCB were added. The reaction mixture was
subjected to 4 freeze-pump-thaw cycles and under vacuum, the reaction was placed in an oil
bath at 80 °C. After 17 hours of heating, the majority of o-DCB was removed under vacuum
for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was dissolved in minimal DCM and purified via two
successive precipitations: (1) pure hexane and (2) 1:1 hexane:diethyl ether, and centrifuged
down in each precipitation. The final polymer was reconstituted in DCM and then dried in a
20 mL vial to reveal the PFPA-Azo copolymer as an orange solid (400 mg, 38% mass
recovery, Mn = 11 kDa, PDI = 1.4).
96
Figure 38. 1H NMR spectrum of the poly(azobenzene) in CDCl3.
Figure 39. SEC of poly(azobenzene)
Size-exclusion chromotagram (normalized differential refractive index signal) of
poly(azobenzene).
97
3.6.2.6 Synthesis of poly(azo-co-PFPA)
The pentafluorophenyl acrylate (PFPA) monomer was synthesized according to
literature.204 AzoAcMe (481 mg, 1.03 mmol, 4 eq), PFPA (61.4 mg, 0.26 mmol from a 124
mg PFPA in o-DCB solution, 1 eq), AIBN (4.2 mg, 0.025 mmol, 0.1 eq), and 1.2 mL o-DCB
were added to a flame-dried 25 mL Schlenk flask. The reaction mixture was subjected to 4
freeze-pump-thaw cycles and subsequently heated in an oil bath at 80 °C under vacuum. After
17 hours of heating, the majority of o-DCB was removed under vacuum for 24 hours. The
reaction mixture was dissolved in minimal DCM and purified via two successive
precipitations: (1) pure hexane and (2) 1:1 hexane:diethyl ether, and centrifuged down in each
precipitation. The final polymer was reconstituted in DCM and then dried in a 20 mL vial to
reveal poly(azo-co-PFPA) as an orange solid (270 mg, 49% mass recovery, Mn = 15 kDa, PDI
=1.4)
Figure 40. Polymerization of PFPA and AzoAcMe measured using 19F and 1H NMR
98
Conversion of the PFPA monomer to polymer was monitored using 19F NMR spectroscopy
via (a) the integration of the fluorine at the para position. Conversion of the AzoAcMe
monomer polymer was monitored using 1H NMR spectroscopy via (b) the integration of the
methyl on azobenzene.
Figure 41. 1H NMR spectrum of the poly(azo-co-PFPA).
99
Figure 42. 19F NMR spectrum of poly(azo-co-PFPA)
Quantitative 19F NMR measurements of poly(azo-co-PFPA) were completed by adding a
known amount of monofluorobenzene as an internal standard (δ = –113.15 ppm) and
comparing the relative integration of monofluorobenzene to the integration of fluorine on
the PFPA monomer.
3.6.2.7 Synthesis of poly(azo-co-IL)
A solution of poly(azo-co-PFPA) (270 mg, 1 eq), triethylamine (0.104 g, 1.03 mmol, 4
eq), and 1-(3-aminopropyl)imidazole (0.128 g, 1.03 mmol, 4 eq) in DMF was added to a
flame-dried 25 mL round bottom flask. This reaction mixture was placed in an oil bath
preheated to 50 °C and stirred for 24 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. The DMF solvent
was removed under vacuum and the polymer was precipitated from MeOH, redissolved in
DCM, and reacted with methyl iodide (0.055 g, 0.39 mmol, 1.5 eq) at ambient temperature
under nitrogen atmosphere overnight. The DCM solvent was evaporated and the resultant
100
polymer was dissolved in (1:1) MeCN:H2O followed by the addition of lithium
bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide (0.075 g, 0.26 mmol, 1 eq) and stirred at ambient
temperature for 2 hours. The top layer was separated and concentrated under vacuum to yield
the poly(azo-co-IL) as an orange solid (230 mg, 65% mass recovery, Mn = 13 kDa, PDI =
1.14).
Figure 43. 1H NMR spectrum of the poly(azo-co-IL) in CDCl3.
101
Figure 44. 19F NMR spectrum of the poly(azo-co-IL)
19
F NMR spectrum of the poly(azo-co-IL) monofluorobenzene included as an internal
standard (δ = –113.15 ppm).
102
Figure 45. SEC of poly(azo-co-PFPA) and poly(azo-co-IL)
Size-exclusion chromatogram (normalized differential refractive index signal) of poly(azoco-PFPA) and poly(azo-co-IL).
3.6.3 Reactivity Ratios in Copolymerization of PFPA and AzoAcMe
Reactivity ratios were found using Jaacks’ method.205 For the reactivity ratio of PFPA, a
ratio of 9:1 PFPA:AzoAcMe was used in the free-radical polymerization and aliquots were
taken for NMR spectroscopy every 5 minutes up to 30 minutes. The reactivity ratio of
AzoAcMe was measured similarly. The conversion of the PFPA was monitored via 19F NMR
spectroscopy and the conversion of AzoAcMe was monitored via 1H NMR spectroscopy.
103
Figure 46. Reactivity ratios of PFPA and AzoAcMe
3.6.4 Differential Scanning Calorimetry of Poly(azobenzene) and Poly(azo-coIL)
Both poly(azobenzene) and poly(azo-co-IL) were filtered and dissolved in toluene at 30
mg/mL. Samples were irradiated with 365 nm UV light (7.5 mW/cm2, 15 minutes, stirring) to
photoisomerize polymers to the cis isomer form. UV-irradiated solutions were cast into Teflon
wells and dried under vacuum at ambient temperatures. Once dry, 5–8 mg of cis
poly(azobenzene) and cis poly(azo-co-IL) were placed into hermetic aluminum pans and
annealed at 25 % humidity under dark for 30 minutes. Samples were hermetically sealed prior
to calorimetry measurements.
All DSC measurements were carried out using a TA Instruments DSC 250. Reported glass
transition temperatures (Tg) were calculated using TA Instruments Trios software with halfheight analysis. Samples were (1) equilibrated at -20 °C, (2) heated to 40 °C at 10 °C/min, (3)
cooled to -20 °C at -10 °C/min, (4) heated to 40 °C at 20 °C/min, (5) cooled to -20 °C at -20
°C/min, (6) heated to 110 °C at 10 °C/min to induce thermal relaxation of cis azobenzene and
104
melt aggregates, (7) rapidly quenched to -20 °C at -50 °C/min to minimize aggregation, (8)
heated to 110 °C at 20 °C/min, and (9) finally cooled to -20 °C at 20 °C/min. Tg of the cis and
trans isomers are calculated from traces of the 4th and 8th steps, respectively (see Figure 48).
Figure 47. Tg of poly(azobenzene) and poly(azo-co-IL)
For both poly(azobenzene) (a) and poly(azo-co-IL) (b), the cis isomer exhibits a lower glass
transition temperature (Tg) than the trans isomer. For poly(azobenzene), the Tg of the cis
isomer occurs at 4.6 °C while the Tg of the trans isomer is at 12.6 °C. For poly(azo-co-IL),
the cis and trans isomer Tg are increased to 7.4 °C and 18.9 °C, respectively.
Figure 48. DSC traces of poly(azobenzene) and poly(azo-co-IL)
105
(a) Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) traces of cis poly(azobenzene) showing the
initial cis isomer Tg, thermal back-isomerization onset around 50 °C and subsequent trans
isomer Tg. (b) The cis isomer exhibits a lower glass transition temperature (Tg) than the
trans isomer for poly(azobenzene). The Tg of the cis isomer occurs at 4.6 °C while the Tg of
the trans isomer is at 12.6 °C. Upon adding 10 wt% LiTFSI to poly(azobenzene), the glass
transition becomes less pronounced, at 8 °C for the trans isomer and not observable for the
cis isomer.
3.6.5 Impedance Spectroscopy of Poly(azobenzene) and Poly(azo-co-IL) Thin
Films
Thin films of poly(azobenzene) and poly(azo-co-IL) were cast from 10 mg/mL (11:19
(v:v) acetonitrile:toluene, 10 wt% LiTFSI) solutions onto custom fabricated interdigitated
electrodes following procedures adapted from Sharon et al.206 Electrodes were fabricated
using direct-write lithography (Heidelberg MLA 150) with a 5 nm adhesion layer of Ti and
40 nm of Au above a 300 nm dry chlorinated silicon oxide layer. Interdigitated electrodes
consisted of 250 gold digits (125 pairs of opposite polarity) with 5 μm spacing, 5 μm width,
and 1 mm length. Substrates were cleaned with sequential sonication in acetone, DI water,
and isopropanol followed by 100 W plasma cleaning for 30 seconds prior to casting polymer
solutions. Polymer solutions were spun cast at 1,000 RPM, 500 RPM/s for 2 minutes resulting
in 26.1 nm and 15.3 nm films of poly(azobenzene) and poly(azo-co-IL), respectively. Film
thicknesses were measured on bare silicon oxide regions using a Bruker Dektak XT stylus
profilometer. Optical micrographs of films on interdigitated electrodes are shown in Figure
50).
106
Figure 49. Microscope images of poly(azobenzene) and poly(azo-co-IL) on
interdigitated electrode array
Brightfield reflectance optical micrographs of poly(azobenzene) (left) and poly(azo-co-IL)
(right) on interdigitated electrodes. Variations in color arise due to differences in texture,
suggesting that the more uniform poly(azo-co-IL) is able to solubilize more LiTFSI than
poly(azobenzene).
Impedance measurements (100 Hz to 500,000 Hz, 100 mV AC amplitude) were carried
out using Solartron 1260 and 1287 potentiostats in tandem with ZPlot software. Sample
temperatures were maintained at 40 °C using a vacuum plate with active 25 % humidity
controlled N2 gas flow. Power densities for 365 nm and 470 nm monochromatic lamps were
calibrated using a Thor labs thermal power meter. Impedance spectra of films were measured
as-cast before cycling with 30 second exposures of 470 nm light at 5 mW/cm2 and 365 nm
light at 9 mW/cm2. After each irradiation, films were allowed to equilibrate for 30 seconds in
dark before AC measurements were applied. 20 measurements (resulting in 10 trans–cis
photoisomerization cycles) were taken for each film reported. Resulting impedance spectra
107
were fit to an equivalent circuit model using a custom MATLAB script accounting for contact
resistance (Rc) through instrumentation, constant phase elements for non-ideal interfacial
(CPEint) and film (CPEfilm) capacitance, film resistance (Rfilm), and parasitic capacitance (Csub)
(see Figure 49).
Figure 50. Equivalent circuit fits to poly(azobenzene) and poly(azo-co-IL) Nyquist
impedance spectra
Cycling between UV light (365 nm) and visible light (470 nm) irradiated poly(azobenzene)
(a) and poly(azo-co-IL) (b) leads to distinct differences in the impedance spectra of the cis
and trans isomers. The equivalent circuit (c) consists of contact resistance (Rc) through
instrumentation, constant phase elements for non-ideal interfacial (CPEint) and film
(CPEfilm) capacitance, film resistance (Rfilm), and parasitic capacitance (Csub).
108
Figure 51. Constant phase element evolution due to cis poly(azobenzene) relaxation
Changing constant phase element values fit to the equivalent circuit reflect the broadening
of the cis-poly(azobenzene) impedance spectra over time.
3.6.6 UV–Visible Spectroscopy of Poly(azobenzene) and Poly(azo-co-IL) Thin
Films
Thin films of poly(azobenzene) and poly(azo-co-IL) were cast from 10 mg/mL (toluene)
solutions. Thin films of poly(azobenzene) (10 wt% LiTFSI) and poly(azo-co-IL) (10 wt%
LiTFSI) were cast from 10 mg/mL (11:19 (v:v) acetonitrile:toluene) solutions. All films were
prepared using the same conditions outlined above for impedance spectroscopy
measurements. UV–visible spectra were taken with an Agilent Technologies Cary 60 UV–
visible spectrometer. UV–visible spectra are shown in Figure 52. We estimate extinction
coefficients from known film thicknesses and an approximate density of 1.2 g/cm3 For
poly(azobenzene) with repeat unit molecular weight 466.62 g/mol and poly(azo-co-IL) with
composition average repeat unit molecular weight 468.64 g/mol, this corresponds to an
extinction coefficient (at 363 nm) of 10820 (M azobenzene)-1 cm-1 for trans poly(azo-co-IL)
[assuming nearly unity trans fraction as-cast] and 8565 (M azobenzene)-1 cm-1 for trans
109
poly(azobenzene) [assuming nearly unity trans fraction as-cast]. These estimates are
consistent with previously reported extinction coefficients and are used to estimate that 53%
of trans azobenzene has isomerized following 30 seconds of 365 nm illumination (9 mW/cm2)
giving a solid-state concentration of 1.0 M cis azobenzene at the photostationary state.
Figure 52. UV-vis absorbance spectra of as-cast, cis, and trans poly(azobenzene) and
poly(azo-co-IL)
Absorbances of as-cast (a), cis isomers (b), and trans isomers (c) of poly(azo-co-IL) (top)
and poly(azobenzene) (bottom), respectively. The absorbances of the as-cast films are
similar between those with and without LiTFSI. The trans isomers show minor differences
in absorbance. In contrast, the cis isomers show differences in the position of the primary
π ⟶ π* absorbance between films with and without LiTFSI.
Thermal relaxation of poly(azobenzene) and poly(azo-co-IL) (both with 10 wt% LiTFSI)
following 30 seconds of 365 nm illumination (9 mW/cm2) were measured in the absence of
an electric field. The same conditions as in Figure 29 of the main text were closely matched,
including active 25 % humidity controlled N2 gas flow at 40 °C. Thermal relaxation was
110
measured via absorbance at 363 nm, which corresponds to the vibronic absorbance present
for both visible and UV-irradiated films (see Figure 52). At 363 nm, this vibronic absorbance
is suppressed in the cis isomer form relative to trans and is expected to increase over time as
cis azobenzene relaxes to the equilibrium trans isomer form. Similar to Figure 29, poly(azoco-IL) relaxes much faster than poly(azobenzene) where the relatively low absorbance of the
cis isomer persists for more than the measurement period (60 hours). While these trends are
similar, poly(azo-co-IL) relaxes after approximately 3 hours as measured by in-situ UV-vis as
compared to the ca. 35 hours via conductivity measurements. Previous studies have concluded
that cis isomer is unstable under applied voltages, with reductive potentials tending towards
trans azobenzene.207,208 Given this, we conclude that the 100 mV (vs open circuit) AC
amplitude used for impedance measurements does not significantly affect cis-trans thermal
back isomerization kinetics and that these processes may be offset by diffusion of Li+ from
azobenzene to imidazolium-rich domains.
111
Figure 53. Relaxation of cis poly(azobenzene) and poly(azo-co-IL) via time-resolved
UV-vis spectroscopy
Relaxation of reduced absorbance of cis poly(azo-co-IL) and poly(azobenzene) at 363 nm.
Like Figure 29 of the main text, cis poly(azo-co-IL) decays to its trans isomer form rapidly
(after c.a. 3 hours) as compared to poly(azobenzene) whose cis isomer absorbance at 363
nm persists for more than 60 hours.
112
Chapter 4 – Dopant Distributions in Semicrystalline Conjugated
Polymers from Resonant X-Ray Scattering
Phong Nguyen drafted the manuscript, simulated X-ray optical constants, and performed
experimental characterization and final simulations. Devon Callan and Max Gruschka assisted
with developing doped P3HT morphology simulations. Evan Plunkett conceptualized the
initial outline of the project, fabricated experimental samples, optimized the doping processes,
and assisted with characterization. Nima Alizadeh performed atomic force microscopy of all
samples. Matt Lansman and Greg Su assisted with simulating X-ray optical constants. Michael
Chabinyc, Rachel Segalman, Dean DeLongchamp, and Eliot Gann Provided guidance
throughout the work.
4.1 Abstract
The distribution of dopant counterions within semicrystalline conductive polymers, such
as poly(3-hexylthiophene-2,5-diyl) (P3HT), plays a pivotal role in understanding the
mechanisms of charge conduction. These polymers feature a combination of amorphous
domains, which enable ion transport, and ordered domains that facilitate high electronic
mobility, alongside the need for local charge neutrality between electronic charge carriers and
dopant counterions. This complex structure prompts questions about the role of dopant
distributions in shaping the energetic landscape for charge conduction. Traditional methods
for concurrently probing these domains have been limited. Our study presents a
comprehensive model of P3HT morphology and assesses how dopant distribution affects
resonant scattering. Crucially, we investigate the role of dopant chemical structure by
113
incorporating isotropic trifluoromethanesulfonimide (TFSI-) and planar, conjugated 2,3,5,6tetrafluoro-7,7,8,8-tetracyanoquinodimethane (F4TCNQ•-), examining how these distinct
dopant counterions modulate the scattering profiles of doped P3HT films. Our findings reveal
that the inherent scattering anisotropy of P3HT, driven by density differences between
crystalline and amorphous regions, is significantly affected by dopant placement. This dopantdriven modulation of scattering anisotropy, combined with dopant absorbance, offers a
straightforward method to map dopant distribution across both domains, revealing a
preference for crystallite incorporation. Moreover, by leveraging the anisotropic refractive
indices of F4TCNQ•- at the N and F K-edges, we show that its conjugated planes align
perpendicularly to that of the P3HT backbone. This approach underscores the capabilities of
polarized resonant soft X-ray scattering in identifying orientation, structural, and
compositional distributions within doped conjugated polymers and we introduce a workflow
to model and interpret resonant scattering that is broadly extendable to other soft matter
systems.
4.2 Introduction
Electrical doping of conjugated polymers introduces charge carriers and adjacent
counterions. Understanding the interplay between these carriers—often localized as
polarons—and counterions across local structural regions is essential for optimizing the
conductive properties of these materials. One primary challenge is determining how the
charge carriers and counterions are distributed across these regions of the polymer. Dopants
and counterions infiltrate the conjugated polymer during the doping process. This infiltration
is influenced by mass transport, which is governed by free volume and polymer segmental
114
dynamics, suggesting that these species are more readily transported through disordered,
amorphous domains than in ordered domains. The resulting charge carriers have higher
mobility in the ordered domains, making it crucial to understand the distribution of
counterions and charge carriers post-doping. Here, we focus on the distribution and
organization of dopant counterions [trifluoromethanesulfonimide (TFSI-) and 2,3,5,6tetrafluoro-7,7,8,8-tetracyanoquinodimethane (F4TCNQ•-)] within these crystalline and
amorphous domains in a model conjugated polymer, poly(3-hexylthiophene) (P3HT).
Given the low dielectric constant (2 < εr < 4) of typical polymers, long-range
electrostatic interactions between the charge carriers and counterions are prevalent. These
interactions lead to electrostatic trapping, significantly influencing carrier mobility depending
on dopant concentration.209 The Bjerrum length—where electrostatic and thermal energies
balance—ranges from 14 to 30 nm at room temperature in conjugated polymers. The length
scale between crystalline domains in P3HT is approximately 20 nm and comparable to the
electrostatic length scale,210 suggesting an overlap with the electrostatic length scale. This
overlap implies that electrostatic interactions and carrier concentration are key factors in
charge transport, especially at high charge carrier densities (~1020 cm-3) that lead to high
electrical conductivity, where screening effects can alter the interactions between carriers and
counterions, affecting dopant distributions across polymer domains.
Recent work has shown a correlation between structural disorder and electrical
conductivity.211 Contrary to initial expectations, ion size—a factor coupled to electrostatic
trapping—plays a subordinate role compared to the effect of structural order.127,211 The
115
introduction of dopant counterions can lead to planarization of the polymer backbone and
increased structural order overall.163,212,213 A dependence on the level of doping further
complicates this picture. For example, the ratio of polymer repeat units to carriers can range
widely from 4 × 105 at low doping levels (1016 cm-3) to as high as 4 (1021 cm-3). Consequently,
the average distance between counterions can vary from as high as 45 nm to as low as 1 nm.
Fluctuations from these average distances can arise from doping that is localized within either
crystalline or amorphous domains. Crystalline domains in p-type polymers are more readily
doped via integer charge transfer with dopants due to their lower barrier to ionization, whereas
amorphous domains may preferably form charge transfer complexes.214–216 This distinction in
charge transfer mechanisms has significant implications for the electronic transport properties
of doped films. Thus, a comprehensive understanding of structural disorder and dopant
distribution are necessary for optimizing the macroscopic charge transport properties.
While there have been notable advancements in understanding dopant distribution in
conjugated polymers, current methodologies often focus on either crystalline or amorphous
domains, not both, limiting a comprehensive understanding of dopant distribution. X-ray
scattering excels in probing changes within the crystallites of conjugated polymers, yet cannot
probe amorphous domains.162,217 Conversely, electrochemical strain microscopy offers
valuable insights on swelling behavior, particularly in amorphous domains.218,219 The insights
gained to date are relatively consistent showing a preference for dopants to localize within
either crystalline or amorphous domains. These range from highly crystalline polymers, like
PBTTT, to those engineered for enhanced polarity to incorporate ions, such as
P3MEEMT.145,152,216,219–228 The differences between materials depend on factors including the
116
relative redox potentials of polymer domains and dopants, as well as dopant counterion
chemistry and size. Despite the significant body of work correlating structural changes in
conjugated polymers to doping,219 a comprehensive perspective integrating both domain
types, along with dopant identity and levels, is still lacking. Considering these observations,
our approach aims to study dopant distributions simultaneously across both crystalline and
amorphous regions in a single material and as a function of dopant identity.
We employed polarized resonant soft X-ray scattering (PRSoXS) to examine the
nanostructure of doped P3HT films, leveraging its unique ability to combine X-ray absorption
and scattering. While PRSoXS offers rich insights, its interpretation is complex, requiring
direct computational methods.229–233 Using P3HT as a defined model system, we outline a
workflow for simulating PRSoXS and its application in resolving the distributions of
counterions with two distinct chemical structures in doped P3HT films. We developed a model
system using blends of P3HT that allowed us to control the size and concentration of ordered
domains and a computational real-space analog for simulation. The model allowed us to
explore the expected scattering from PRSoXS arising from different polymer–dopant
orientations and distributions. Our analysis, supported by supplementary techniques, isolates
the effects of various hypothetical dopant distributions, such as those schematically drawn in
Figure 54, providing a clearer understanding of dopant preferences. This integrated approach
not only reveals that dopants preferentially reside within crystalline domains but also suggests
specific dopant geometries may influence dopant orientations relative to P3HT crystallites,
providing a roadmap for future studies aimed at optimizing the properties of semicrystalline
organic electronic materials.
117
Figure 54. Schematic of possible dopant distributions
(a) Dopants localized within crystallites. (b) Dopants in amorphous regions.
(c) Uniformly distributed dopants. Ordered domains are highlighted in darker
purple, while lighter purple regions denote disordered domains. Polarons are
depicted as blue with a positive charge. Red counter anions are outlined to
highlight their distribution within domains.
4.4 Results and Discussion
4.4.1 P3HT Films with Controlled Crystallinity and Dopant Counterion
Identity
Our goal is to understand how dopants or counterions are distributed between ordered and
disordered regions in a model conjugated polymer. The counterion that balances a positively
charged carrier in a conjugated polymer typically results from an electron-transfer reaction
between a neutral segment of the polymer and a dopant. Figure 54 presents a schematic
representation, specifically illustrating hypothetical distributions of resultant counterions
between crystalline and amorphous phases in the case of p-doping. For P3HT, the crystallites
118
have the smallest ionization energy and are more readily oxidized than the amorphous regions.
With a relatively weak dopant like F4TCNQ there is likely to be a preference for doping of
ordered domains. This understanding guided our choice of a model system that would allow
us to control the ordered and disordered regions in a semiconducting polymer, thereby
enabling an in-depth analysis of how counterions distribute between these domains using
various methods.
We chose a model system based on blends of regioregular (RRe) and regiorandom
(RRa) P3HT. Low molecular weight RRe P3HT (4.5 kDa) was chosen to be below the contour
length of the high molecular weight RRe P3HT (23 kDa) in the blend.234,235 This choice sets
the nominal width of fibrillar crystals formed by the low molecular weight P3HT chains, as
confirmed via atomic force microscopy (see Figure 64). The minor amount of high molecular
weight RRe P3HT facilitates connections between crystallites, with the remainder of the blend
composition consisting of RRa P3HT. The range of blends from 25% to 100% RRe P3HT was
selected to systematically vary the degree of crystallinity. We used UV–vis absorbance spectra
to estimate the mole fraction of crystalline to amorphous P3HT as the mole fraction of
aggregates, ranging between approximately 20% and 40% (see Figure 55).236 Notably, the
ratio of H to J aggregates remained consistent across blends, reinforcing that the blend
composition primarily influences the fraction of aggregates rather than the structural type of
aggregation. Table 3 summarizes the varying P3HT blend compositions utilized in this study
and the resultant levels of aggregation.
119
Figure 55. Control over aggregation via regio-regular/random P3HT blend
composition assessed from UV-vis absorbance spectra
(a) Regiorandom (RRa) and regioregular (RRe) P3HT are blended to control the total
degree of crystallinity. (b) UV-vis absorbance spectra of a series of blends showing
increased vibronic absorbance with increasing RRe P3HT. (b) Mol fraction of crystalline
P3HT blends corresponding to spectra shown in (a).
To investigate how counterions distribute in electronically doped blends of P3HT, we
chose two structurally dissimilar species. Initially, F4TCNQ vapor was applied to dope the
P3HT blend. The counterion in the doped film was changed using an anion exchange process
with a LiTFSI solution that removes the initial counterion F4TCNQ•- (see Figure 56). Our
choice of F4TCNQ•- and TFSI- as counterions allowed us to investigate their spatial
distribution within the crystalline and amorphous phases of doped P3HT because of the
molecular contributions to optical properties and PRSoXS contrast. F4TCNQ is nominally
planar and possesses a conjugated structure, similar to P3HT, thus potentially leading to
specific alignment or association within crystalline domains.216,217,221–223,227 In contrast, TFSIis nonplanar with multiple conformers, leading to a different set of interactions and potentially
varied distributions within both crystalline and amorphous phases. The resulting differences
120
in X-ray refractive indices and their contributions to features observed in PRSoXS are
discussed later.
4.4.2 Dopant Uptake with Varying Crystallinity and Counterion Identity
We verified that the doping was uniform throughout the depth of the P3HT blend films
before and after ion exchange. We utilized X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) in
conjunction with ion sputtering to analyze the concentration throughout the film depth of
F4TCNQ after doping and TFSI- after ion exchange. The analysis spot size, here 400 × 400
μm², does not offer detailed lateral spatial resolution; instead, it gives a lateral average view
of the relative dopant concentrations. Our XPS and ion sputtering analyses revealed consistent
dopant distribution throughout the entire depth of P3HT films doped with F4TCNQ, and a
nearly complete transition to TFSI- after prolonged immersion in LiTFSI solution, as detailed
in Figure 65 – Figure 67 (Appendix).
Figure 56. Schematic depiction of F4TCNQ vapor doping and TFSI- anion exchange
processes with corresponding dopant concentrations as a function of sample
crystallinity
121
(a) Schematic depiction of the F4TCNQ vapor doping process, where F4TCNQ crystals are
sublimated onto a P3HT film, achieving uniform doping, and depositing a small excess of
neutral F4TCNQ on top. (b) Schematic depiction of the ion-exchange process to exchange
F4TCNQ•- for TFSI- using an LiTFSI solution. (b) Mid-film dopant concentration (relative
to P3HT repeat units) versus sample crystallinity.
Interestingly, while the concentration of F4TCNQ/F4TCNQ•- remained relatively
consistent across different blend compositions and levels of film crystallinity, we observed an
increase in TFSI- concentration correlating with greater film crystallinity. A potential
explanation is the incorporation of excess neutral LiTFSI, along with TFSI- to replace
F4TCNQ•-, but XPS analysis reveals only negligible amounts of Li+ in the samples most rich
in TFSI- [refer to Figure 65 (Appendix)]. Instead, AFM measurements of doped film
surfaces[see Figure 68 (Appendix)] indicate a loss of fibril texture following F4TCNQ vapor
doping, which we attribute to the deposition of excess neutral F4TCNQ. Subsequent anion
exchange in LiTFSI solution appears to restore the fibril texture. Our estimates for a 1,000 nm
thick film with 5.9 mol% TFSI- (9.6 vol%, based on a doped film density of 1.1 g/cm3) and
1.1 mol% F4TCNQ•- (1.9 vol%) suggest an approximately 50 nm layer of excess F4TCNQ
(1.6 g/cm3 bulk density) distributed about the film surface, which has an average roughness
of about 25 nm. Our estimates of a F4TCNQ top layer are further corroborated by XPS
measurements [Figure 69 (Appendix)]. We propose that presence of excess F4TCNQ provides
the necessary oxidant to allow for greater incorporation of TFSI- via ion exchange doping as
observed in literature.226,237,238
122
4.4.3 Scattering Anisotropy as a Measure of Bonding, Morphology, and
Molecular Orientation of Doped P3HT Films
We characterized the nanostructure of the P3HT blends before and after doping using
PRSoXS in a transmission geometry. We observe energy-dependent changes to the 2D
scattering profile due to resonance between different transition dipole moments of the
constituents of the blends and polarized resonant soft X-rays. These transition dipoles
represent the directionality of electronic excitations of P3HT and the counterions in doped
films, and their alignment with the polarization of the incident X-rays leads to anisotropic
scattering patterns. The length scale of scattering anisotropy is tied to the periodicity of
resonant scatterers, which are centers of molecular excitation/de-excitation (depolarization)
processes filtered by relative alignment of X-ray polarization and transition dipole
moments.229,239,240 For example, the 2D scattering profiles shown on the left side of Figure 57
show scattering from polarized 285.25 eV X-rays, which correspond to the C 1s → 𝜋*C=C
transition dipole moment of an undoped P3HT blend film. Both detector images were captured
for the same sample (undoped 37% crystalline P3HT) in the same position and orientation,
changing only the direction of X-ray polarization. The fact that high-q scattering follows the
X-ray electric field polarization indicates that the scattering anisotropy is due to orientational
correlations. For fibrillar P3HT, this orientational correlation length has to do with the
periodic distance between aligned fibrils, a connection that follows from the normal of the
P3HT thiophene plane being parallel to the fibril long axis.239,241 As such, we observe
anisotropic scattering length scales that reflect periodic distances between aligned fibrils,
between 0.01 to 0.1 Å-1 for P3HT.241
123
Figure 57. Experimental scattering anisotropy of P3HT
X-ray detector images from a 37% crystalline P3HT blend film using 285.25 eV X-rays,
changing only X-ray polarization between 0° (top) and 90° (bottom). Integrated scattering
intensity (within a 45° wedge) parallel and perpendicular to the X-ray polarization,
showing inversions of scattering anisotropy at 285.25 eV (b) and 287 eV (c). These energies
are correlated with the C 1s → 𝜋*C=C and C 1s → 𝜎*C—S transition energies as indicated in
the isotropic P3HT NEXAFS in (d). Mapping the anisotropy (e) across energies and q
clearly correlates the scattering anisotropy with the transition dipole moments of these
transitions.
The sensitivity of scattering anisotropy to alignment between different transition
dipole moments and X-ray polarization is made clear when comparing the scattering at
different resonant energies that correspond to orthogonal transition dipole moments. For
example, the C 1s → 𝜎*C-S transition is predominantly in the plane of a thiophene ring as
opposed to the out-of-plane C 1s → 𝜋*C=C transition.230,242 As such, the direction of scattering
124
anisotropy compared at 285.25 eV and 287 eV are inverted, with C 1s → 𝜎*C-S transition
resonant at 287 eV (see integrated scattering intensity profiles in Figure 57). The periodic
length scale between aligned transition dipole moments is related to the scattering vector q.
To quantify scattering anisotropy across energies, E, and q, we use the definition of scattering
anisotropy in Equation 20.229,239,241
𝐴(𝑞, 𝐸) =
𝐼∥ (𝑞, 𝐸) − 𝐼⊥ (𝑞, 𝐸)
𝐼∥ (𝑞, 𝐸) + 𝐼⊥ (𝑞, 𝐸)
Equation 20
In Equation 20, A(q, E) is the scattering anisotropy, I∥ is the integrated scattering
intensity about a 45° wedge centered along the X-ray polarization direction, and I⊥ is the
integrated scattering intensity about a 45° wedge centered 90° from the X-ray polarization
direction. As such, A(q, E) quantifies oriented scattering, capturing features of the length
scales of the morphology (inherited from X-ray scattering) and molecular orientation
(imparted by polarization of the incident X-ray electric field). We later show both
experimentally and from simulation, that A(q, E) in doped films is related to the counterions
and their orientation, allowing us to discern dopant distribution from hypothesized models.
4.4.4 Orientational Self-Contrast Between Fibrillar Crystals
Scattering anisotropy, by itself, is a difficult metric to interpret, as it combines
information about electronic transitions within the material, spatial correlations, and
orientation of transition dipole moments relative to the X-ray polarization. To interpret the
sources of scattering anisotropy and later model them, it is helpful to analyze the total
125
scattering intensity as a function of energy and test this against predicted scattering contrast
from different X-ray absorbance spectra. This analysis allows us to distinguish which sources
of scattering contribute most. The total scattering intensity as a function of incident X-ray
energy, Q(E), defined in Equation 21.
∞
𝑄(𝐸) = ∫ 𝐼(𝑞, 𝐸)𝑞 2 𝑑𝑞 ∝ |𝛥𝑛𝐴𝐵 (𝐸)|2
Equation 21
0
In Equation 21, Q(E) is the energy-dependent Porod invariant [approximated with the total
scattering intensity (TSI) in Figure 58] and |ΔnAB(E)|2 = (δA – δB)2 + (βA – βB)2, with δi and βi
being the real and imaginary components of the complex refractive indices. Q(E) can be
interpreted as the Lorentz-corrected scattering across all q and thus represents the total
population of scatterers as a function of incident X-ray energy. In hard X-ray scattering, Q(E)
arises from differences in electron density between different phases/components. Within
PRSoXS, a chemically homogeneous sample with anisotropic refractive indices can be treated
similarly with each orientation (possessing orientation-dependent X-ray absorbance spectra)
treated essentially as a different phase. We note that the determination of Q(E) assumes only
scattered coherent X-rays and thus accurate measurements of Q(E) require filtering of
incoherent X-rays. To accomplish this, we fit a power-law scattering form factor at high q and
subtracted the constant offset to remove signals of isotropic fluorescence.243
126
Figure 58. Comparisons between observed and possible sources of p-RSoXS
scattering contrast.
(a) Experimentally extrapolated (top) and directly simulated (bottom) NEXAFS of P3HT,
with X-ray electric fields parallel, perpendicular, or isotropic relative to the C 1s → 𝜋*C=C
transition dipole moment. Trends show strong agreement, particularly below 288 eV, where
the dominant source of scattering contrast appears. (b) Comparison of the observed total
scattering intensity and potential sources of binary scattering contrasts for both
experimentally extrapolated and simulated P3HT NEXAFS.
In Figure 58, we compare the observed total scattering intensity (TSI), an
approximation of Q(E), with experimentally extrapolated and simulated P3HT NEXAFS,
showing that the energies with the most scattering correspond to the C 1s → 𝜋*C=C followed
127
by the C 1s → σ*C-S transition and that the source of this scattering is orientational selfcontrast.210 To aid interpretation, the energy axis is aligned between experimentally
extrapolated and simulated NEXAFS (above) and various binary scattering contrasts (below).
This approach enables hypothesis testing of the most likely sources of scattering contrast and
provides a key for determining which transition dipole moments are significant. Here, we
utilize the uniaxial optical tensor approximation with the normal to the thiophene plane
(corresponding to the C 1s → 𝜋*C=C transition dipole moment) defined as parallel (∥) and
remaining two orthogonal directions are averaged and denoted as perpendicular (⊥). The
isotropic NEXAFS is the weighted average of the parallel and perpendicular NEXAFS.
We observe a high degree of contrast in X-ray absorbance as the X-ray polarization
varies from parallel to perpendicular. The antibonding orbitals labeled above the plot in Figure
58 were assigned based on simulation [see Figure 75 – Figure 78 (Appendix)] and are in
agreement with previous assignments for P3HT.239,242,244,245 We compare both experimentally
extrapolated NEXAFS and directly simulated NEXAFS, highlighting that each approach
captures different aspects of the observed PRSoXS. While the 𝜋*C=C features are similar
between experimental and simulated NEXAFS, there are notable deviations at higher
energies. The simulated NEXAFS show that the C 1s → σ*C-S transition dipole moment is
dominant at 287 eV, in agreement with the inversion of scattering anisotropy seen in Figure
57. We note that the simulated NEXAFS is not accurate past 288 eV, where σ*C-H and σ*C-C
features dominate.
128
From the TSI shown in Figure 58, we observe minimal scattering contrast past 288 eV
which indicates (1) that the alkyl P3HT side chain is, on average, isotropic such that there is
little orientational contrast due to transition dipole moments originating from C-H and C-C
bonding and (2) that vacuum contrast is insignificant. The experimentally extrapolated
NEXAFS predicts this isotropic side-chain conformation and is apparent when considering
the possible binary contrasts shown directly below the observed TSI. In contrast, the binary
contrasts from the simulated NEXAFS (3rd set of traces below TSI) presume that the alkyl
side chains are ordered and outstretched and thus exhibit strong anisotropy—a feature of the
simulated ordered P3HT unit cell. Next, we note minimal scattering contrast past the primary
absorption edge, a feature which indicates minimal vacuum contrast/surface roughness as
compared to bulk scattering. Vacuum, when treated as a material with no absorbance, gives
way to binary contrast that is the ni2 and thus should give a step edge past the absorption onset
when vacuum contrast is significant. Thus, as a first approximation, we neglect scattering
from surface roughness in our simulations. Lastly, we use the experimentally extrapolated
NEXAFS for PRSoXS simulations discussed later, noting limitations here in the accuracy of
predicting scattering anisotropy near 287 eV.
4.4.5 Experimental Scattering Anisotropy Varies with Crystallinity and
Dopant Identity
Studies of scattering anisotropy in undoped conjugated polymers have led to a robust
understanding that orientational correlations between aligned domains contribute to
anisotropic scattering within PRSoXS. For example, previous studies involving blends of
P3HT with relatively isotropic PCBM, a fullerene derivative prevalent in organic
129
photovoltaics, have demonstrated that scattering anisotropy necessitates molecular alignment
correlated with domain boundaries to produce anisotropic scattering patterns.246 For many
semicrystalline conjugated polymers, the source of scattering anisotropy is attributed to the C
1s → 𝜋*C=C transition dipole, which disrupts isotropic symmetry at the molecular level along
the direction normal to the conjugated plane of the polymer backbone.241,247,248 This has
facilitated the differentiation between various types of fibrillar crystallites, where the
alignment between the fibril long axis and the C 1s → 𝜋*C=C transition dipole moment may
vary.241 Furthermore, the cited studies emphasize that within a chemically homogeneous
system, e.g., undoped P3HT, a variance in density between ordered and disordered phases can
lead to distinct domains of varying optical density necessary for scattering anisotropy.
Analysis of PRSoXS data from undoped P3HT films reveals a clear trend: as the
degree of crystallinity increases, so does the magnitude of scattering anisotropy up to the C
1s → σ*C-S transition at 287 eV, as illustrated in Figure 59. This observation is in line with
predictions of previously established models: that increasing crystallinity leads to a greater
number of orientationally correlated crystalline domains, culminating in a more pronounced
scattering anisotropy.210,233 This is exemplified by both increased negative scattering
anisotropy at the C 1s → σ*C-S transition (287 eV), and greater positive scattering anisotropy
at the C 1s → 𝜋*C=C transition (285.25 eV) which highlights the orthogonality of the two
transition dipole moments. The specific value of q at which this anisotropy emerges is affected
by the proportion of RRe P3HT in the blend; a higher proportion leads to smaller amorphous
regions between the crystallites, which, in turn, shifts the scattering anisotropy to higher q
values. This pattern is consistent with what we observe in both samples of greater crystallinity
130
and annealed samples [Figure 93 (Appendix)].233 Figure 59 shows scattering anisotropy data
for only our least and most crystalline samples; however, a full set of scattering anisotropy
data for all blend compositions are available [Figure 94 (Appendix)].
Figure 59. (a) Experimental scattering anisotropy across crystallinity and
dopant counterion identity.
Trends in scattering anisotropy across energies and q as a function of blend
compositions and doping. (b) Anisotropy as a function of blend composition at
285.25 eV (top), and 287 eV (bottom), corresponding to the C 1s → 𝜋*C=C and
C 1s → 𝜎*C—S transitions, respectively.
In films doped with F4TCNQ•- counterions, the scattering anisotropy below 283 eV is
significantly enhanced across all levels of sample crystallinity, consistent with similar levels
of F4TCNQ•- uptake measured across all blends. This enhancement is attributed primarily to
131
F4TCNQ•- having greater X-ray optical absorbance; its incorporation makes the samples more
optically dense, presumably where F4TCNQ•- is most concentrated. At the N and F K edges,
scattering anisotropy at the same length scale is observed for F4TCNQ-doped samples,
indicating that F4TCNQ•- counterions are likely structurally aligned relative to P3HT
crystallites [Figure 95 and Figure 96 (Appendix)]. In contrast, when TFSI- is the counterion,
minimal changes in the magnitude of the scattering anisotropy are observed. TFSI- lacks a
carbon-based π system, in contrast to planar F4TCNQ•-, and has a more ellipsoidal geometry,
resulting in relatively isotropic NEXAFS [simulated TFSI- NEXAFS are shown in Figure 81
and Figure 90 (Appendix)]. This isotropy can be seen from a comparison of scattering
anisotropy for undoped P3HT and TFSI--containing doped P3HT in Figure 59, as well as N
and F K-edge anisotropy maps, where little to no scattering anisotropy is observed [Figure 95
and Figure 96 (Appendix)]. Opposite from the F4TCNQ•- case, TFSI- incorporation leads to
an inversion in scattering anisotropy below 283 eV, a feature correlated with the weaker
absorbance of TFSI- relative to P3HT, such that the addition of TFSI- acts to lower the X-ray
optical density where it is distributed. We also note that TFSI- was introduced using an ionexchange process from films initially doped with F4TCNQ and we may expect only small
changes in the overall nanostructure of P3HT, making the comparison of the two cases more
robust.
From our NEXAFS simulations and observed scattering anisotropy, it is clear that the
relative X-ray absorbance of the dopants affects the resultant changes to scattering anisotropy
due to either a concentration or dilution of X-ray absorbance in the amorphous/crystalline
P3HT domains that these dopants occupy. Much of the inherent scattering anisotropy in
132
undoped P3HT comes from differences in density between crystalline and amorphous
regions.241 We hypothesized that selective distributions of dopants to either only crystallites
or amorphous regions would result in distinct changes to scattering anisotropy requiring
simulation to uncover the origin of these experimental observations.
4.4.6 Modelling Dopants in Semicrystalline Polymers
To aid in interpreting doping-induced changes to experimental scattering anisotropy maps,
we developed a methodology using a digital twin of our model system for PRSoXS
simulations. For this process, we employ the voxel-defined morphology framework of the
NIST RSoXS Simulation Suite (NRSS) in the four-step workflow as outlined in Figure 60.231
Figure 60. RSoXS simulation process involving a multi-step workflow.
First, the generation of orientation fields seeds the simulation space for fibril orientation.
Secondly, Poisson disk sampling facilitates the random distribution of fibrils with
prescribed minimum distances, inheriting orientation during placement. Fibrils grow
lengthwise until reaching another fibril or the predefined maximum length. The final
morphology distinguishes between fibrillar (crystalline P3HT) and amorphous phases.
133
Third, the calculated X-ray refractive indices were applied to different phases, and the
combined morphology and refractive indices finally enable the simulation of RSoXS
patterns.
We initiated the simulation by defining a box and voxel pitch that represent the PRSoXS
experimental length scales, specifically within a q-range of 0.01 to 0.1 Å-1 corresponding to
periodicities from 63 to 6.3 nm. Orientation fields were employed to seed fibrils and ensure
in-plane isotropy (random ψ) and orientation with respect to the substrate normal (θ) as
inferred from GIWAXS data. The orientation fields were generated using a power spectral
density and normalized with a cumulative distribution function. Figure 74 (Appendix)
demonstrates the simulated scattering anisotropy versus edge-on character, highlighting minor
variances between the least and most edge-on aligned samples and minimal changes to edgeon character upon doping. Thus, the average orientation distribution across all samples was
used to isolate the effect of dopant distribution and identity. Within the defined simulation
box, voxelized fibrils were introduced sequentially. These fibrils possess a Gaussian
distribution of diameters (15 ± 3 nm) and an initial length of 100 nm, growing lengthwise until
they either achieve a maximum length of 400 nm or encounter another fibril. Voxels within
the fibrillar areas are classified as crystalline, with their C 1s → π*C=C transition dipole
moments aligned along the fibril length.239 The surrounding matrix is identified as amorphous
with 10% less density than crystalline P3HT and exhibits isotropically-averaged P3HT optical
properties.241 A Gaussian filter with a standard deviation of 3 was employed at the crystalline–
amorphous boundary to define interfacial volume fraction and orientation gradients. Figure
134
61 presents a rendered, illustrative example of the simulated morphology, providing a
comparison with fibril texture measured by AFM.
Figure 61. Comparisons between experimentally observed and simulated
P3HT morphology.
(a) Atomic force microscopy phase contrast image showing fibrillar crystallites
of P3HT. (b) Simulated P3HT morphology, directly comparable to the region
highlighted in (a). (c) Zoomed inset of simulated morphology, showing
individual voxels composing crystalline, amorphous, and interfacial domains.
For dopant incorporation, we replaced certain fractions of P3HT volume either
uniformly, within crystallites, or within amorphous regions. The total dopant concentration
was normalized to XPS measurements, as discussed above. The orientation of isotropic TFSIand F4TCNQ•- is randomized, while aligned F4TCNQ•- shares orientation with P3HT (parallel
C 1s → π*C=C transition dipole moments). We also consider perpendicularly oriented
F4TCNQ•- with an offset of +90° for ψ. The results for different combinations of dopant
distribution and orientation are discussed later.
135
4.4.7 Simulation-Aided Interpretation of Scattering Anisotropy
To better understand the dopant-induced changes to the scattering anisotropy of the
P3HT blends, we adopted the direct simulation approach outlined above. Specifically, our
models simulate scattering anisotropy resulting from three distinct scenarios for the dopant
distribution, as illustrated in Figure 54: a uniform distribution across the polymer, localization
within crystallites, and localization within amorphous regions. In each scenario, we
maintained a consistent doping level, ensuring that the total dopant concentration remains
equivalent across all distributions by proportionately replacing the material in a specified
phase (crystalline, amorphous, or uniform) with dopant. We first examine the case of TFSIto probe the effect of dopant distribution alone, given its relatively isotropic X-ray optical
constants at the C K edge [Figure 90 (Appendix)]. Subsequently, we explore the effect of
dopant orientation with three distinct relative alignments of the C 1s → π*C=C transition dipole
moments between P3HT and F4TCNQ•-: unaligned, parallel, and perpendicular. It is important
to note that these orientations are defined with respect to the crystalline P3HT, ensuring that
the orientation of F4TCNQ is consistently measured against the P3HT C 1s → π*C=C transition
dipole moments. We find that at the F4TCNQ concentrations observed (< 2.5 mol%
F4TCNQ/F4TCNQ•- relative to P3HT repeat units), scattering anisotropy at the C K edge does
not sufficiently distinguish between the three cases for the orientation. Lastly, we
acknowledge that the model's accuracy in predicting scattering anisotropy is limited to the
three specific dopant distributions and orientations explored and does not encompass all
possible configurations. Additionally, the P3HT refractive indices used do not reflect
inversion of scattering anisotropy at 287 eV, and simulated fibrils based on random orientation
136
fields do not perfectly capture orientational correlation lengths. Despite these limitations, our
simulations distinctly delineate the effects of various dopant distributions.
Figure 62. Comparison of experimental and simulated scattering anisotropy in 37%
crystalline P3HT films.
Simulated scattering anisotropy corresponds undoped P3HT (top), anti-aligned F4TCNQ•counterions localized within crystallites (center), and uniformly distributed, randomly
oriented TFSI- counterions (bottom).
In Figure 62, we show the most consistent models (based on approximately 37%
crystalline simulated morphologies) compared to experimentally observed scattering
anisotropy for 37% crystalline P3HT containing F4TCNQ•- and TFSI- counterions. Our initial
focus examines the changes to scattering anisotropy arising from varying dopant distributions.
For TFSI-, which exhibits relatively isotropic X-ray optical properties, the primary effect of
differing distributions—whether uniform across the polymer, localized within crystallites, or
137
localized within amorphous regions—is a modulation of the effective optical density in these
areas. Differences in density contrast between crystalline and amorphous P3HT have
previously been assigned to account for scattering anisotropy.241 Given that TFSI- exhibits
roughly half the absorbance of P3HT at the C K-edge [see Figure 82 and Figure 90 for P3HT
and TFSI- refractive indices, respectively (Appendix)], the replacement of P3HT with TFSIwithin the voxels of our model effectively diminishes the optical density at sites of TFSIlocalization. Uniform doping negligibly impacts scattering anisotropy, which is still
dominated by P3HT itself, correlating well with the experimental observations shown in
Figure 59. Localized TFSI- within amorphous domains leads to pronounced positive scattering
anisotropy below 283 eV; in contrast, TFSI- confined to crystallites results in negative
scattering anisotropy at sub-283 eV energies [Figure 97 (Appendix)]. In the case of isotropic,
randomly oriented F4TCNQ•-, which exhibits an absorption approximately 4× that of P3HT,
a reversed trend is observed: positive scattering anisotropy below 283 eV when localized
within crystallites, and an inversion when F4TCNQ•- is within amorphous regions. These
observed variations in scattering anisotropy for isotropic dopants highlight that the direction
and magnitude of scattering anisotropy can distinctly differentiate between dopant
distributions due to the influence of changing optical densities in different phases.
The X-ray refractive indices can vary with different orientations of molecular units
within a solid film because of the orientation of their transition dipoles. Because of this,
various orientations of the same material act as if they were separate material phases, i.e.,
orientational self-contrast. As a dopant that resides predominantly within crystallites, we
explore the possibility that the planar structure of F4TCNQ•- may lead to specific orientation
138
within the P3HT crystallites. We specifically examine scenarios involving F4TCNQ•- in
unoriented, parallel, and perpendicular configurations (refer to Figure 63 for visualization).
Our C K-edge simulations indicate that the scattering anisotropy patterns of these orientations
are not sufficiently distinct to determine the dopant orientation within a crystallite. This
suggests that at the C K edge, scattering anisotropy is predominantly influenced by variations
in optical density rather than the orientation of the dopant. However, at the N and F K edges—
where P3HT does not absorb, making the dopant's contribution more pronounced—we
observe clearer evidence of dopant orientation. Particularly at the N K edge, both experimental
and simulated data of perpendicular configurations reveal a transition from positive to
negative scattering anisotropy around 401 eV, indicative of a predominant perpendicular
orientation of F4TCNQ•- within crystallites, as illustrated in Figure 63b. Similar patterns are
observed at the F K edge, corroborating the significance of dopant orientation. Additionally,
we note that across varying blend compositions, the scattering anisotropy exhibits a consistent
structure (see Figure 94 – Figure 96). Minor shifts in the location of the scattering anisotropy
maxima and intensity fluctuations scale with crystallinity, as discussed above.
139
Figure 63. Comparison of experimental and simulated scattering anisotropy in 37%
crystalline P3HT films with varying F4TCNQ•- orientations relative to P3HT.
(a) Experimental scattering anisotropy maps at the C, N, F K edges shown next to
simulated scattering anisotropy maps for unaligned, parallel, and perpendicular
F4TCNQ•- relative to P3HT. (b) Schematic representations of the relative alignments of
F4TCNQ•- to P3HT within a crystallite; not intended to depict exact crystal structures.
In conclusion, our findings illustrate that for P3HT and the dopants considered here, the
orientational self-contrast is less significant than the effect of changing optical density at the
C K-edge X-rays, which presents a challenge in resolving both aspects using a single X-ray
edge. However, by focusing on the unique orientational self-contrast at the N and F K edges,
which are distinct to F4TCNQ in this experimental system, we successfully isolated and
discerned dopant orientation. This insight not only advances our comprehension of scattering
anisotropy but also underscores the intricate interplay among dopant distribution, orientation,
and the resultant X-ray optical properties in doped conjugated polymer systems.
140
4.5 Conclusions
To understand the distribution of dopant counterions within the crystalline and amorphous
phases of P3HT, we developed a range of P3HT blends, adjusting crystallinity and
incorporating distinct dopant counterions: isotropic TFSI- and planar, conjugated F4TCNQ•-.
Our investigation utilized Polarized Resonant Soft X-Ray Scattering (PRSoXS), a technique
that merges X-ray absorbance spectroscopy with X-ray scattering, making it well-suited for
probing the structural, compositional, and orientational distributions in doped P3HT blends.
To isolate the effect of dopant identity and distribution, we complemented PRSoXS with
Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM) for morphological insight, UV–visible spectroscopy (UV–
vis) to assess aggregation, X-Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) for dopant
concentrations, and Grazing Wide-Angle X-ray Scattering (GIWAXS) for P3HT out-of-plane
orientation. Our findings reveal that the inherent scattering anisotropy of P3HT, primarily
driven by density variations between crystalline and amorphous regions, can be modulated by
dopant distribution. Specifically, TFSI-, with its lower absorbance at the C K edge, uniformly
distributes across P3HT without significantly affecting its anisotropy. Conversely, F4TCNQ
increases scattering anisotropy through its incorporation within crystallites. By leveraging the
anisotropic refractive indices of F4TCNQ at the N and F K edges, we confirmed its conjugated
planes are oriented perpendicularly to that of P3HT. Importantly, we outline a workflow for
creating morphological models and integrating orientation-dependent refractive indices into
PRSoXS simulations, crucial for understanding the complex effects of orientation,
composition, and structure. This methodology not only highlights the unique sensitivity of
PRSoXS but potentially paves the way for future workflows to capitalize on its unique insights
to develop structure-property relationships across soft matter systems.
141
4.6 Appendix
4.6.1 Materials and Methods
4.6.1.1 Materials and Processing Conditions
We use low molecular weight regioregular (RRe) P3HT (4.5 kDa, PDI = 1.6), high
molecular weight RRe P3HT (23 kDa, PDI = 1.8), and regiorandom (RRa) P3HT (16.3 kDa,
PDI = 2.5), which were dissolved in an equal-volume mixture of chlorobenzene and
dichlorobenzene. P3HT solutions of varying blend composition were drop cast onto substrates
to form 700 nm – 1,000 nm thick films. P3HT films are doped in an inert nitrogen glovebox
atmosphere, enclosing the film and c.a. 3 mg of F4TCNQ crystals within a jar in the orientation
depicted in Figure 56.122 The jar was heated to 200 ℃ for 45 minutes, allowing for sublimation
of F4TCNQ to oxidize the P3HT film. TFSI--containing samples are further anion exchanged
in a concentrated LiTFSI solution (3 wt% in acetonitrile) for 120 minutes at 60 ℃. Table 3
summarizes the varying P3HT blend compositions utilized in this study, resultant levels of
aggregation, and dopant counterion concentrations measured.
4.6.1.2 UV-Vis Absorbance Spectroscopy
All UV-vis spectra were acquired using an Agilent Technologies Cary 60 UV-vis
spectrometer. Samples were drop cast from solution onto quartz substrates to form optically
transparent films. Spectra for P3HT films of varying composition were fit to the Spano model
via a custom Python script to quantify aggregate mole fractions.236,249,250
142
4.6.1.3 X-Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy
X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) measurements were performed using an
Escalab Xi+ Spectrometer from ThermoFisher Scientific. The spectrometer operated under a
high vacuum condition of 10−8 Torr and utilized a monochromatic aluminum Kα X-ray source.
To stabilize charge during the measurements, we used a dual ion-electron low-energy flood
source. For acquiring survey spectra, we set the pass energy to 100 eV and conducted five
scans at intervals of 0.25 eV, each with a dwell time of 50 ms. Depth profiling was done using
an ion gun with a 1,000-atom Ar+ cluster and an ion energy of 6,000 eV. Ion sputtering covered
a square region measuring 1.5 × 1.5 mm2. Within this area, we collected photoexcited
electrons from the inner 400 × 400 µm2 region to selectively isolate signal from crater centers.
4.6.1.4 Grazing Incidence Wide Angle X-Ray Scattering
Grazing incidence wide angle X-ray scattering (GIWAXS) was performed at
experimental station 11-3 at the Stanford Synchrotron Radiation Lightsource using an X-ray
energy of 12.7 keV. Angle-resolved GIWAXS scans were acquired with 120 second
exposures at grazing incidence angles of 0.05°, 0.10°, and 0.13°. 2D detector images were
remapped to q-space using Nika and the WAXSTools Igor packages.251 Partial pole figure
analysis
was
done
using
a
custom
open-source
python
package
(https://github.com/phonghnguyen/GIWAXS_Tools). See Figure 70 – Figure 74 (Appendix)
for more details of the analysis and representative partial pole figures used for model
morphology development.
143
4.6.1.5 Resonant Diffraction
Resonant soft X-ray scattering experiments were performed at the Spectroscopy Soft
and Tender (SST-1) beamline funded and operated by the National Institute of Standards and
Technology (NIST) at the National Synchrotron Light Source II (NSLS-II).252 Data reduction
was performed using PyHyperScattering (https://github.com/usnistgov/PyHyperScattering),
an open source package for hyperspectral scattering reduction and analysis.253 Thin film
samples on transparent silicon nitride windows were mounted normal to the incident X-ray
beam with samples measured in transmission mode under high vacuum conditions.
4.6.1.6 NEXAFS Simulations
Near edge X-ray Absorption Fine Structure (NEXAFS) simulations were carried out
using the PWscf and XSpectra software packages of the Quantum ESPRESSO distribution.254–
258
The NEXAFS simulation process consists of (1) sourcing equilibrated or equilibrating
atomic coordinates for a given molecule,259 (2) obtaining the electronic structure for each corehole configuration of the molecule, and (3) calculating the polarization-dependent X-ray
absorbance spectra for each core-hole configuration. The configuration-specific spectra are
offset by their relative total energies. The sum of spectra for each polarization direction are
experimentally offset to tabulated absorption onsets (e.g., the C 1s → π*C=C peak measured at
285.25 eV) to obtain oriented NEXAFS. The NEXAFS are normalized to the bare atom
scattering factors to obtain the imaginary component of the refractive indices, βi, which can
be solved for the real portion, δi, using the Kramers-Kronig relations.260,261
144
To calculate P3HT NEXAFS, atomic coordinates for unit cells of low-energy
crystalline polymorphs of P3HT were sourced from literature.160,259 We adopt the approach of
using a supercell consisting of 3-hexylthiophene 8-mer with periodic boundary conditions to
represent a single polymer chain.160,259 This is consistent with prior work demonstrating that
6 repeat units is sufficient to isolate adjacent core-hole excitons.242 Our tests also confirmed
that π-stacking effects are minimal and that k-point sampling density variations produce
negligible spectral changes (Figure 75 – Figure 78). This further confirms that the chosen
supercell is sufficient to capture key attributes of the simulated NEXAFS.
For the simulations involving dopant counterions, atomic coordinates were
geometrically optimized through a relaxation calculation in Quantum ESPRESSO. A single
dopant molecule within a sufficiently large cubic lattice was used to ensure the isolation of
core-hole exciton effects. The optimization process employed the generalized gradient
approximation (GGA), following the Perdew-Burke-Ernzerhof (PBE) scheme, and utilized a
plane-wave cutoff energy of 30 Ry. Corroborative X-ray absorbance spectra and comparisons
with experimental results are provided in the Appendix (Figure 82 – Figure 92).
4.6.1.7 PRSoXS Simulations
PRSoXS simulations were carried out using the NIST RSoXS Simulation Suite
(NRSS) which incorporates tools to validate input models and CyRSoXS, a virtual beamline
instrument.231 Simulated morphologies were generated using a custom software
(https://github.com/devoncallan/DopantModeling).
145
4.6.8 Summary of P3HT Blend Composition, Crystallinity, and Dopant
Counterion Concentration
Table 3. Summary of P3HT blend composition, crystallinity, and dopant/dopant
counterion mol fractions.
Composition
Crystalline
F4TCNQ/
TFSI-
(5 kDa/23
Mole
F4TCNQ•-
Mole
kDa/RRa)
Fraction
Mole Fraction
Fraction
A
20/5/75
0.17
0.022
0.019
B
40/5/55
0.22
0.011
0.053
C
50/5/45
0.27
0.011
0.049
D
70/0/30
0.29
0.018
0.067
E
100/0/0
0.37
0.011
0.096
Blend
ID
146
4.6.9 Atomic Force Microscopy of Least and Most Crystalline P3HT Blend
Figure 64. Atomic force micrographs of least crystalline and most crystalline P3HT
blend films demonstrating similar fibril dimensions.
147
4.6.10 X-Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy Depth Profiling of Doped P3HT
Films
Figure 65. XPS Depth Profile of LiTFSI Exchanged, 100% Regioregular P3HT Film
(a) Schematic P3HT film on SiO2 substrate showing relative etch level locations
corresponding to survey spectra in (b). The mid-P3HT survey spectra (at etch level 1) and
the locations of various core-orbitals in the spectra are highlighted in (b). Dopant
concentrations reported in the main text (Figure 56) correspond to the concentrations
measured at etch level 1, past the surface and before the substrate. The lack of significant
Li signal suggests negligible incorporation of neutral LiTFSI during the anion exchange
process depicted in Figure 56.
148
Figure 66. Quantified XPS Depth Profile of F4TCNQ Vapor Doped P3HT
(a) Ratio of quantified nitrogen (N) to fluorine (F) in a F4TCNQ vapor doped P3HT film
as a function of etch depth. N and F are atomically unique to dopant/counterion species
with a stoichiometric N to F ratio of 1/6 for TFSI- and 1 for F4TCNQ/F4TCNQ•-. F4TCNQ
vapor doped P3HT shows consistent N to F ratios for F4TCNQ/F4TCNQ•- throughout the
film depth. (b), (c), (d) Normalized F 1s, C 1s, and Si 2p count as a function of etch depth.
The depth at which C 1s counts decreases past 1/e and Si 2p increases past 1/e indicates
that the thickness of the film. The uniformity before reaching the SiO2 substrate indicates
uniform doping of P3HT through the film depth.
Figure 67. Quantified XPS Depth Profile of Doped, TFSI- Anion Exchanged P3HT
(a) Ratio of quantified nitrogen (N) to fluorine (F) in a doped, TFSI- anion exchanged
P3HT film as a function of etch depth. N and F are atomically unique to dopant/counterion
149
species with a stoichiometric N to F ratio of 1/6 for TFSI- and 1 for F4TCNQ/F4TCNQ•-.
Doped, TFSI- anion exchanged P3HT shows consistent N to F ratios for TFSI- throughout
the film depth. (b), (c), (d) Normalized F 1s, C 1s, and Si 2p count as a function of etch
depth. The depth at which C 1s counts decreases past 1/e and Si 2p increases past 1/e
indicates that the thickness of the film. The uniformity before reaching the SiO2 substrate
indicates uniform exchange of F4TCNQ•- for TFSI-.
150
4.6.11 Atomic Force Microscopy of F4TCNQ Vapor-Doped and TFSI- Anion
Exchanged Films
Figure 68. F4TCNQ Vapor Doped P3HT and TFSI- Anion Exchanged Film Surface
Texture from AFM Phase Contrast Images.
Atomic force micrographs of most crystalline P3HT blend films following F4TCNQ vapor
doping (left) and anion exchange in LiTFSI solution (right), showing a substantial change in
film texture, with reduced fibril texture upon F4TCNQ vapor doping and return of fibril texture
following TFSI- anion exchange.
151
4.6.12 XPS Survey Spectra of F4TCNQ Surface Layer on P3HT
Figure 69. XPS Survey Spectra at F4TCNQ Vapor-Doped Film Top Surface and MidDepth, Showing Excess F4TCNQ at Sample Surface.
Comparison of XPS survey spectra at film top surface and approximate midPoint for a F4TCNQ
vapor doped P3HT film. A horizontal offset of 20 eV for the film midPoint spectra allows for
direct comparison of the F 1s and C 1s peaks. While film surfaces usually contain additional
carbon contamination, the surface profile shows increased F 1s to C 1s signal relative to the
mid-film survey spectra, indicating a significant enrichment of F4TCNQ at the film top surface.
152
4.6.13 Fibril Orientations from Grazing Incidence Wide Angle X-Ray
Scattering (GIWAXS)
Figure 70. 2D scattering pattern of P3HT under grazing incidence geometry.
The (100), (200), and (300) scattering peaks correspond to lamellar stacking in the out-ofplane direction (qz). The (020) scattering peak corresponds to π-stacking in the in-plane
direction (qxy). The azimuthal angle, χ, is the angle from the qz towards the qxy axis. The
population-corrected scattering intensity is used to measure the distribution of π-stack (i.e.,
fibril long axis) orientations.
153
Figure 71. Shallow Angle GIWAXS Orientation Distributions
Partial pole of the P3HT (020) peak as a function of azimuthal angle, χ, for undoped,
F4TCNQ-vapor doped, and TFSI- anion exchanged P3HT blends at a grazing incidence
angle of 0.05°. At the shallow angle (0.05°), the X-ray penetration depth is limited to the
top few nanometers and reflects P3HT fibril orientation at the film top surface.
154
Figure 72. Critical Angle GIWAXS Orientation Distributions
Partial pole of the P3HT (020) peak as a function of azimuthal angle, χ, for undoped,
F4TCNQ-vapor doped, and TFSI- anion exchanged P3HT blends at a grazing incidence
angle of 0.10°. At the shallow grazing incidence angle of 0.10°, the X-ray scattering reflects
the depth-weighted contributions of aggregates up to the X-ray attenuation depth of 60 nm.
155
Figure 73. Deep Angle GIWAXS Orientation Distributions
Partial pole of the P3HT (020) peak as a function of azimuthal angle, χ, for undoped,
F4TCNQ-vapor doped, and TFSI- anion exchanged P3HT blends at a grazing incidence
angle of 0.13°. At the shallow grazing incidence angle of 0.13°, the X-ray scattering reflects
the depth-weighted contributions of aggregates up to the X-ray attenuation throughout the
film depth.
156
Figure 74. Effect of θ Orientation Distribution
Effect of θ orientation distributions on simulated P3HT C K edge p-RSoXS scattering
anisotropy. θ represents the angle between the substrate normal and the P3HT fibril long
axis/thiophene plane normal. θ orientation distributions represent partial pole figures
measured by GIWAXS at the grazing critical angle of 0.1° for P3HT, where scattering
intensity is highest.262 The effect of varying θ between samples containing the least and most
RRe P3HT is minimal, with a small increase in scattering anisotropy for the least oriented
distribution and a shift to higher q for the most oriented distribution. All other simulated pRSoXS shown in this Appendix and main text use an average orientation distribution.
157
4.6.14 Simulated Near edge X-ray Absorbance Fine Spectra
Figure 75. π-Stacked P3HT Crystallite, Γ Point Sampling Only C K edge NEXAFS.
Simulated P3HT C K edge NEXAFS using literature-reported P3HT structure.160,259 Sulfur,
carbon, and hydrogen atoms are represented by yellow, gray, and white atoms, respectively.
Red, green, and blue carbon atoms are color-matched to the individual spectra of the
simulated NEXAFS (center) with the overall spectra in black. The bare-atom normalized
absorbance (β) and reflectance (δ, obtained from the Kramers-Kronig relations) are shown
158
on the right. The supercell (left) assumes 4 π-stacked, 8-mers of P3HT and translational
symmetry. The X-ray absorbance calculation samples the Γ Point only.
159
Figure 76. π-Stacked P3HT Crystallite, 2 × 2 × 2 k-Point Grid Sampling C K edge
NEXAFS
Simulated P3HT C K edge NEXAFS using literature-reported P3HT structure.160,259 Sulfur,
carbon, and hydrogen atoms are represented by yellow, gray, and white atoms, respectively.
Red, green, and blue carbon atoms are color-matched to the individual spectra of the
simulated NEXAFS (center) with the overall spectra in black. The bare-atom normalized
absorbance (β) and reflectance (δ, obtained from the Kramers-Kronig relations) are shown
160
on the right. The supercell (left) assumes 4 π-stacked, 8-mers of P3HT and translational
symmetry. The X-ray absorbance calculation samples a 2 × 2 × 2 k-Point Grid centered
about the Γ-point.
161
Figure 77. Single P3HT Chain, Γ Point Sampling Only C K edge NEXAFS
Simulated P3HT C K edge NEXAFS using literature-reported P3HT structure.160,259 Sulfur,
carbon, and hydrogen atoms are represented by yellow, gray, and white atoms, respectively.
Red, green, and blue carbon atoms are color-matched to the individual spectra of the
simulated NEXAFS (center) with the overall spectra in black. The bare-atom normalized
absorbance (β) and reflectance (δ, obtained from the Kramers-Kronig relations) are shown
162
on the right. The supercell (left) assumes a single 8-mer of P3HT and translational
symmetry. The X-ray absorbance calculation samples the Γ Point only.
163
Figure 78. Single P3HT Chain, 2 × 2 × 2 k-Point Grid Sampling C K edge NEXAFS
Simulated P3HT C K edge NEXAFS using literature-reported P3HT structure.160,259 Sulfur,
carbon, and hydrogen atoms are represented by yellow, gray, and white atoms, respectively.
Red, green, and blue carbon atoms are color-matched to the individual spectra of the
simulated NEXAFS (center) with the overall spectra in black. The bare-atom normalized
absorbance (β) and reflectance (δ, obtained from the Kramers-Kronig relations) are shown
on the right. The supercell (left) assumes a single 8-mer of P3HT and translational
164
symmetry. The X-ray absorbance calculation samples a 2 × 2 × 2 k-Point Grid centered
about the Γ-point.
165
Figure 79. F4TCNQ C K Edge NEXAFS
Simulated F4TCNQ C K edge NEXAFS. Carbon, nitrogen, and fluorine atoms are
represented by gray, blue, and green atoms, respectively. Red, green, blue, and purple
carbon atoms are color-matched to the individual spectra of the simulated NEXAFS (center)
with the overall spectra in black. The bare-atom normalized absorbance (β) and reflectance
(δ, obtained from the Kramers-Kronig relations) are shown on the right. The supercell (left)
166
assumes a single molecule in a simple cubic lattice and translational symmetry. The X-ray
absorbance calculation samples the Γ Point only.
167
Figure 80. F4TCNQ•- C K Edge NEXAFS
Simulated F4TCNQ•- C K edge NEXAFS. Carbon, nitrogen, and fluorine atoms are
represented by gray, blue, and green atoms, respectively. Red, green, blue, and purple
carbon atoms are color-matched to the individual spectra of the simulated NEXAFS (center)
with the overall spectra in black. The bare-atom normalized absorbance (β) and reflectance
(δ, obtained from the Kramers-Kronig relations) are shown on the right. The supercell (left)
168
assumes a single molecule in a simple cubic lattice and translational symmetry. The X-ray
absorbance calculation samples the Γ Point only.
169
Figure 81. TFSI- C K Edge NEXAFS
Simulated TFSI- C K edge NEXAFS. Carbon, nitrogen, fluorine, and sulfur atoms are
represented by gray, blue, green, and yellow atoms, respectively. The red carbon atom is
color-matched to the spectra of the simulated NEXAFS (center). The bare-atom normalized
absorbance (β) and reflectance (δ, obtained from the Kramers-Kronig relations) are shown
on the right. The supercell (left) assumes a single molecule in a simple cubic lattice and
translational symmetry. The X-ray absorbance calculation samples the Γ Point only.
170
4.6.15 Comparisons of Simulated and Experimentally Measured NEXAFS
Figure 82. P3HT C K Edge NEXAFS Comparisons
Simulated P3HT C K edge NEXAFS using uniaxial optical tensor approximations
compared to experimentally measured X-ray absorbance and scattering contrast. The
bare-atom normalized absorbance (β) and reflectance (δ, obtained from the KramersKronig relations) are shown in the upper left and upper center plots, respectively. Parallel
(∥), perpendicular (⊥), and isotropic spectra follow the convention described in the main
text. The total scattering intensity (TSI) and binary contrasts shown in the lower left plot
are calculated as described in the main text. Z-X, Y-Z, and X-Y projections of the unit cell
are shown in the upper right, lower center, and lower right plots, respectively. Carbon,
sulfur, and hydrogen atoms are shown as gray, yellow, and white respectively with the unit
cell boundary shown as a dashed line. Core-hole excitons are simulated at the highlighted
cyan atoms.
171
Figure 83. P3HT S K Edge NEXAFS Comparisons
Simulated P3HT S K edge NEXAFS using uniaxial optical tensor approximations
compared to experimentally measured X-ray absorbance and scattering contrast. The
bare-atom normalized absorbance (β) and reflectance (δ, obtained from the KramersKronig relations) are shown in the upper left and upper center plots, respectively. Parallel
(∥), perpendicular (⊥), and isotropic spectra follow the convention described in the main
text. The total scattering intensity (TSI) and binary contrasts shown in the lower left plot
are calculated as described in the main text. Z-X, Y-Z, and X-Y projections of the unit cell
are shown in the upper right, lower center, and lower right plots, respectively. Carbon,
sulfur, and hydrogen atoms are shown as gray, yellow, and white respectively with the unit
cell boundary shown as a dashed line. Core-hole excitons are simulated at the highlighted
cyan atom.
172
Figure 84. F4TCNQ C K Edge NEXAFS Comparisons
Simulated F4TCNQ C K edge NEXAFS using uniaxial optical tensor approximations
compared to experimentally measured X-ray absorbance and scattering contrast. The
bare-atom normalized absorbance (β) and reflectance (δ, obtained from the KramersKronig relations) are shown in the upper left and upper center plots, respectively. Parallel
(∥), perpendicular (⊥), and isotropic spectra follow the convention described in the main
text. The total scattering intensity (TSI) and binary contrasts shown in the lower left plot
are calculated as described in the main text. Z-X, Y-Z, and X-Y projections of the unit cell
are shown in the upper right, lower center, and lower right plots, respectively. Carbon,
nitrogen, and fluorine atoms are shown as gray, blue, and green respectively with the unit
cell boundary shown as a dashed line. Core-hole excitons are simulated at the highlighted
cyan atom.
173
Figure 85. F4TCNQ N K Edge NEXAFS Comparisons
Simulated F4TCNQ N K edge NEXAFS using uniaxial optical tensor approximations
compared to experimentally measured X-ray absorbance and scattering contrast. The
bare-atom normalized absorbance (β) and reflectance (δ, obtained from the KramersKronig relations) are shown in the upper left and upper center plots, respectively. Parallel
(∥), perpendicular (⊥), and isotropic spectra follow the convention described in the main
text. The total scattering intensity (TSI) and binary contrasts shown in the lower left plot
are calculated as described in the main text. Z-X, Y-Z, and X-Y projections of the unit cell
are shown in the upper right, lower center, and lower right plots, respectively. Carbon,
nitrogen, and fluorine atoms are shown as gray, blue, and green respectively with the unit
cell boundary shown as a dashed line. Core-hole excitons are simulated at the highlighted
cyan atom.
174
Figure 86. F4TCNQ F K Edge NEXAFS Comparisons
Simulated F4TCNQ F K edge NEXAFS using uniaxial optical tensor approximations
compared to experimentally measured X-ray absorbance and scattering contrast. The
bare-atom normalized absorbance (β) and reflectance (δ, obtained from the KramersKronig relations) are shown in the upper left and upper center plots, respectively. Parallel
(∥), perpendicular (⊥), and isotropic spectra follow the convention described in the main
text. The total scattering intensity (TSI) and binary contrasts shown in the lower left plot
are calculated as described in the main text. Z-X, Y-Z, and X-Y projections of the unit cell
are shown in the upper right, lower center, and lower right plots, respectively. Carbon,
nitrogen, and fluorine atoms are shown as gray, blue, and green respectively with the unit
cell boundary shown as a dashed line. Core-hole excitons are simulated at the highlighted
cyan atom.
175
Figure 87. F4TCNQ•- C K Edge NEXAFS Comparisons
Simulated F4TCNQ•- C K edge NEXAFS using uniaxial optical tensor approximations
compared to experimentally measured X-ray absorbance and scattering contrast. The bareatom normalized absorbance (β) and reflectance (δ, obtained from the Kramers-Kronig
relations) are shown in the upper left and upper center plots, respectively. Parallel (∥),
perpendicular (⊥), and isotropic spectra follow the convention described in the main text.
The total scattering intensity (TSI) and binary contrasts shown in the lower left plot are
calculated as described in the main text. Z-X, Y-Z, and X-Y projections of the unit cell are
shown in the upper right, lower center, and lower right plots, respectively. Carbon,
nitrogen, and fluorine atoms are shown as gray, blue, and green respectively with the unit
cell boundary shown as a dashed line. Core-hole excitons are simulated at the highlighted
cyan atom.
176
Figure 88. F4TCNQ•- N K Edge NEXAFS Comparisons
Simulated F4TCNQ•- N K edge NEXAFS using uniaxial optical tensor approximations
compared to experimentally measured X-ray absorbance and scattering contrast. The bareatom normalized absorbance (β) and reflectance (δ, obtained from the Kramers-Kronig
relations) are shown in the upper left and upper center plots, respectively. Parallel (∥),
perpendicular (⊥), and isotropic spectra follow the convention described in the main text.
The total scattering intensity (TSI) and binary contrasts shown in the lower left plot are
calculated as described in the main text. Z-X, Y-Z, and X-Y projections of the unit cell are
shown in the upper right, lower center, and lower right plots, respectively. Carbon,
nitrogen, and fluorine atoms are shown as gray, blue, and green respectively with the unit
cell boundary shown as a dashed line. Core-hole excitons are simulated at the highlighted
cyan atom.
177
Figure 89. F4TCNQ•- F K Edge NEXAFS Comparisons
Simulated F4TCNQ•- F K edge NEXAFS using uniaxial optical tensor approximations
compared to experimentally measured X-ray absorbance and scattering contrast. The
bare-atom normalized absorbance (β) and reflectance (δ, obtained from the KramersKronig relations) are shown in the upper left and upper center plots, respectively. Parallel
(∥), perpendicular (⊥), and isotropic spectra follow the convention described in the main
text. The total scattering intensity (TSI) and binary contrasts shown in the lower left plot
are calculated as described in the main text. Z-X, Y-Z, and X-Y projections of the unit cell
are shown in the upper right, lower center, and lower right plots, respectively. Carbon,
nitrogen, and fluorine atoms are shown as gray, blue, and green respectively with the unit
cell boundary shown as a dashed line. Core-hole excitons are simulated at the highlighted
cyan atom.
178
Figure 90. TFSI- C K Edge NEXAFS Comparisons
Simulated TFSI- C K edge NEXAFS using uniaxial optical tensor approximations compared
to experimentally measured X-ray absorbance and scattering contrast. The bare-atom
normalized absorbance (β) and reflectance (δ, obtained from the Kramers-Kronig
relations) are shown in the upper left and upper center plots, respectively. Parallel (∥),
perpendicular (⊥), and isotropic spectra follow the convention described in the main text.
The total scattering intensity (TSI) and binary contrasts shown in the lower left plot are
calculated as described in the main text. Z-X, Y-Z, and X-Y projections of the unit cell are
shown in the upper right, lower center, and lower right plots, respectively. Carbon,
nitrogen, fluorine, and sulfur atoms are shown as gray, blue, green, and yellow atoms
respectively with the unit cell boundary shown as a dashed line. Core-hole excitons are
simulated at the highlighted cyan atom.
179
Figure 91. TFSI- N K Edge NEXAFS Comparisons
Simulated TFSI- N K edge NEXAFS using uniaxial optical tensor approximations compared
to experimentally measured X-ray absorbance and scattering contrast. The bare-atom
normalized absorbance (β) and reflectance (δ, obtained from the Kramers-Kronig
relations) are shown in the upper left and upper center plots, respectively. Parallel (∥),
perpendicular (⊥), and isotropic spectra follow the convention described in the main text.
The total scattering intensity (TSI) and binary contrasts shown in the lower left plot are
calculated as described in the main text. Z-X, Y-Z, and X-Y projections of the unit cell are
shown in the upper right, lower center, and lower right plots, respectively. Carbon,
nitrogen, fluorine, and sulfur atoms are shown as gray, blue, green, and yellow atoms
respectively with the unit cell boundary shown as a dashed line. Core-hole excitons are
simulated at the highlighted cyan atom.
180
Figure 92. TFSI- F K Edge NEXAFS Comparisons
Simulated TFSI- F K edge NEXAFS using uniaxial optical tensor approximations compared
to experimentally measured X-ray absorbance and scattering contrast. The bare-atom
normalized absorbance (β) and reflectance (δ, obtained from the Kramers-Kronig
relations) are shown in the upper left and upper center plots, respectively. Parallel (∥),
perpendicular (⊥), and isotropic spectra follow the convention described in the main text.
The total scattering intensity (TSI) and binary contrasts shown in the lower left plot are
calculated as described in the main text. Z-X, Y-Z, and X-Y projections of the unit cell are
shown in the upper right, lower center, and lower right plots, respectively. Carbon,
nitrogen, fluorine, and sulfur atoms are shown as gray, blue, green, and yellow atoms
respectively with the unit cell boundary shown as a dashed line. Core-hole excitons are
simulated at the highlighted cyan atom.
181
4.6.16 Effect of Annealing on Scattering Anisotropy
Figure 93. Effect of sample annealing (120 °C, 2 hours under an inert nitrogen
atmosphere) on scattering anisotropy.
Scattering anisotropy for samples containing the least (left) and most (right) regioregular
low molecular weight P3HT are shown, including undoped and F4TCNQ-vapor doped
samples. For the undoped samples, annealing has the effect of increasing the magnitude of
scattering anisotropy (top row). For F4TCNQ-doped samples, annealing has the effect of
increasing the area below 285 eV where positive scattering anisotropy is observed (bottom
row), consistent with increasing incorporation of F4TCNQ•- counterions within crystallites,
as described in the main text.
182
4.9.17 Experimental Scattering Anisotropy Across Blends and Doping
Figure 94. C K Edge Scattering Anisotropy
C K Edge scattering anisotropy maps of different P3HT blend compositions (outlined along
top axis) and dopant incorporation identity (outlined along vertical axis). Distinct changes
are observed experimentally with increasing crystallinity (q position of scattering
anisotropy) and dopant ion incorporation (energies at which scattering anisotropy is
observed).
183
Figure 95. N K Edge Scattering Anisotropy
N K Edge scattering anisotropy maps of different P3HT blend compositions (outlined along
top axis) and dopant incorporation identity (outlined along vertical axis). Distinct changes
are observed experimentally with dopant ion incorporation (energies at which scattering
anisotropy is observed).
Figure 96. F K Edge Scattering Anisotropy
184
F K Edge scattering anisotropy maps of different P3HT blend compositions (outlined along
top axis) and dopant incorporation identity (outlined along vertical axis).
185
4.6.18 Simulated Scattering Anisotropy Versus Dopant Distribution and
Orientation
Figure 97. Simulated Scattering Anisotropy Versus Dopant Distribution and
Orientation for Doped P3HT at the C K-Edge
Simulated scattering anisotropy maps for different dopant incorporation/distribution
(labeled above the top row) and dopant identity/orientation relative to P3HT thiophene
plane normal (labeled along the left column) for approximately 36% crystalline P3HT
morphologies at the C K-edge. Changes observed along q and energy for dopant
distribution, identity, and orientation, further discussed in the main text. Scattering
186
anisotropy maps that best correspond to observed scattering anisotropy are outlined with
thicker black borders.
Figure 98. Simulated Scattering Anisotropy Versus Dopant Distribution and
Orientation for Doped P3HT at the C K-Edge
Simulated scattering anisotropy maps for different dopant incorporation/distribution
(labeled above the top row) and dopant identity/orientation relative to P3HT thiophene
plane normal (labeled along the left column) for approximately 36% crystalline P3HT
morphologies at the N K-edge. Changes observed along q and energy for dopant
distribution, identity, and orientation, further discussed in the main text. Scattering
187
anisotropy maps that best correspond to observed scattering anisotropy are outlined with
thicker black borders.
Figure 99. Simulated Scattering Anisotropy Versus Dopant Distribution and
Orientation for Doped P3HT at the C K-Edge
Simulated scattering anisotropy maps for different dopant incorporation/distribution
(labeled above the top row) and dopant identity/orientation relative to P3HT thiophene
plane normal (labeled along the left column) for approximately 36% crystalline P3HT
morphologies at the F K-edge. Changes observed along q and energy for dopant
distribution, identity, and orientation, further discussed in the main text. Scattering
188
anisotropy maps that best correspond to observed scattering anisotropy are outlined with
thicker black borders.
189
Chapter 5 – Conclusions and Future Outlook
This dissertation has presented studies of ionically and electronically conducting
polymers, a class of materials distinguished by their unique blend of conductive properties,
flexibility, and processability. Our investigations have elucidated the complex interplay
between the structure and function of these polymers, demonstrating how their structural
characteristics can lead to significant advancements in their conductive properties. In our
detailed examination of the doping process, we found that Brønsted acidic doping in
conjugated polymers, such as poly(3-hexylthiophene) (P3HT), is primarily limited by proton
transfer. This was evidenced by observing a kinetic isotope effect when doping P3HT films
with bis(trifluoromethane)sulfonimide (HTFSI). Techniques like X-ray photoelectron
spectroscopy and dynamic secondary ion mass spectrometry were instrumental in revealing
dopant enrichment at the P3HT surface, underscoring that dopant diffusivity is inversely
related to dopant concentration due to structural changes in the polymer. The formation of a
highly stable dopant gradient as a result of this process opens new avenues in the design and
fabrication of next-generation electronic materials and devices.
Our work on understanding the role of polymer-ion interactions in polyelectrolytes
showcased the potential of light-responsive materials in modulating ionic conductivity. The
significant change in ion conductivity triggered by the reversible isomerization of azobenzene
indicated that the coordination of the cis isomer with Li+ ions is chiefly responsible for its
lower conductivity. This discovery challenges conventional understanding, which typically
associates higher ionic conductivity with disordered, amorphous structures (attributed to the
inefficient packing of the cis azobenzene) and suggests that careful control of polymer
190
crystallinity and polymer-ion interactions can be powerful in designing functional
polyelectrolytes. This insight paves the way for developing innovative photo-responsive
polyelectrolyte materials, potentially transforming the design and application of such
materials in various technological fields.
Finally, our exploration of scattering anisotropy using Polarized Resonant Soft X-ray
Scattering (p-RSoXS) in P3HT blends yielded new insights into sample composition,
morphology, and molecular orientation. The development of a model system, coupled with
methods such as atomic force microscopy, UV-vis absorbance spectroscopy, X-ray
photoelectron spectroscopy, and grazing incidence wide-angle X-ray scattering, led to the
creation of a computational model that enhanced our understanding of how structure,
chemistry, and orientation in these materials can be interpreted from p-RSoXS contrasts. Our
findings reveal that the distributions of dopant counterions vary depending on the dopant's
identity and significantly influence the sample's optical properties, thereby affecting scattering
anisotropy. This approach paves the way for employing machine learning methods to gain
quantitative insights into sample composition and orientation.
In conclusion, this dissertation contributes to the understanding of doping, charge
conduction, and polymer morphology in ionically and electronically conducting
semicrystalline polymers. By exploring the disorder inherent in these materials and the
intricate interplay between structure and transport, our research lays a foundation for future
technological advancements in the fields enabled by conductive polymers. Future research
may delve into the evolution of ion conduction mechanisms and addressing the complex roles
191
of hydration in both the polymer and the ion. With the advent of higher dielectric constant
conjugated polyelectrolytes, a key focus will be understanding how dielectric constant affects
the efficacy of doping and dopant-induced structural evolution, thus far difficult to
characterize with traditional means. The potential of resonant scattering methods to probe
orientational correlations in amorphous domains may offer further insight for these nominally
disordered, emerging materials.
192
References
(1) Onorato, J. W.; Luscombe, C. K. Morphological Effects on Polymeric Mixed
Ionic/Electronic Conductors. Mol. Syst. Des. Eng. 2019, 4 (2), 310–324.
https://doi.org/10.1039/C8ME00093J.
(2) Paulsen, B. D.; Tybrandt, K.; Stavrinidou, E.; Rivnay, J. Organic Mixed Ionic–Electronic
Conductors. Nature Materials 2020, 19 (1), 13–26. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41563-0190435-z.
(3) Inal, S.; Rivnay, J.; Leleux, P.; Ferro, M.; Ramuz, M.; Brendel, J. C.; Schmidt, M. M.;
Thelakkat, M.; Malliaras, G. G. A High Transconductance Accumulation Mode
Electrochemical Transistor. Advanced Materials 2014, 26 (44), 7450–7455.
https://doi.org/10.1002/adma.201403150.
(4) Zhao, Z.; Richardson, G. F.; Meng, Q.; Zhu, S.; Kuan, H.-C.; Ma, J. PEDOT-Based
Composites as Electrode Materials for Supercapacitors. Nanotechnology 2015, 27 (4),
042001. https://doi.org/10.1088/0957-4484/27/4/042001.
(5) Gaupp, C. L.; Welsh, D. M.; Reynolds, J. R. Poly(ProDOT-Et2): A High-Contrast, HighColoration
Efficiency
Electrochromic
Polymer.
Macromolecular
Rapid
Communications
2002,
23
(15),
885–889.
https://doi.org/10.1002/15213927(20021001)23:15<885::AID-MARC885>3.0.CO;2-X.
(6) Miyamoto, T.; Shibayama, K. Free‐volume Model for Ionic Conductivity in Polymers.
Journal
of
Applied
Physics
1973,
44
(12),
5372–5376.
https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1662158.
(7) Sirringhaus, H.; Brown, P. J.; Friend, R. H.; Nielsen, M. M.; Bechgaard, K.; LangeveldVoss, B. M. W.; Spiering, A. J. H.; Janssen, R. A. J.; Meijer, E. W. Microstructure–
Mobility Correlation in Self-Organised, Conjugated Polymer Field-Effect Transistors.
Synthetic Metals 2000, 111–112, 129–132. https://doi.org/10.1016/S03796779(99)00326-4.
(8) Noriega, R.; Rivnay, J.; Vandewal, K.; Koch, F. P. V.; Stingelin, N.; Smith, P.; Toney,
M. F.; Salleo, A. A General Relationship between Disorder, Aggregation and Charge
Transport in Conjugated Polymers. Nature Materials 2013, 12 (11), 1038–1044.
https://doi.org/10.1038/nmat3722.
(9) Chabinyc, M. L.; Endicott, F.; Vogt, B. D.; DeLongchamp, D. M.; Lin, E. K.; Wu, Y.;
Liu, P.; Ong, B. S. Effects of Humidity on Unencapsulated Poly(Thiophene) Thin-Film
Transistors. Appl. Phys. Lett. 2006, 88 (11), 113514. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.2181206.
(10) Chang, W. B.; Fang, H.; Liu, J.; Evans, C. M.; Russ, B.; Popere, B. C.; Patel, S. N.;
Chabinyc, M. L.; Segalman, R. A. Electrochemical Effects in Thermoelectric Polymers.
ACS Macro Lett. 2016, 5 (4), 455–459. https://doi.org/10.1021/acsmacrolett.6b00054.
(11) Patel, S. N.; Javier, A. E.; Balsara, N. P. Electrochemically Oxidized Electronic and Ionic
Conducting Nanostructured Block Copolymers for Lithium Battery Electrodes. ACS
Nano 2013, 7 (7), 6056–6068. https://doi.org/10.1021/nn4018685.
(12) Gu, Z.; Kanto, T.; Tsuchiya, K.; Ogino, K. Synthesis of Poly(3-Hexylthiophene)-bPoly(Ethylene Oxide) for Application to Photovoltaic Device. Journal of Photopolymer
Science
and
Technology
2010,
23
(3),
405–406.
https://doi.org/10.2494/photopolymer.23.405.
193
(13) Moon, H. C.; Kim, J. K. Phase Segregation of Poly(3-Dodecylthiophene)-BlockPoly(Methyl Methacrylate) Copolymers. Polymer 2013, 54 (20), 5437–5442.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.polymer.2013.07.063.
(14) Stavrinidou, E.; Winther-Jensen, O.; Shekibi, B. S.; Armel, V.; Rivnay, J.; Ismailova, E.;
Sanaur, S.; Malliaras, G. G.; Winther-Jensen, B. Engineering Hydrophilic Conducting
Composites with Enhanced Ion Mobility. Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys. 2014, 16 (6), 2275–
2279. https://doi.org/10.1039/C3CP54061H.
(15) Lai, C.-H.; Ashby, D. S.; Lin, T. C.; Lau, J.; Dawson, A.; Tolbert, S. H.; Dunn, B. S.
Application of Poly(3-Hexylthiophene-2,5-Diyl) as a Protective Coating for High Rate
Cathode
Materials.
Chem.
Mater.
2018,
30
(8),
2589–2599.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.chemmater.7b05116.
(16) Jiang, H.; Taranekar, P.; Reynolds, J. R.; Schanze, K. S. Conjugated Polyelectrolytes:
Synthesis, Photophysics, and Applications. Angewandte Chemie International Edition
2009, 48 (24), 4300–4316. https://doi.org/10.1002/anie.200805456.
(17) Evans, C. M.; Bridges, C. R.; Sanoja, G. E.; Bartels, J.; Segalman, R. A. Role of Tethered
Ion Placement on Polymerized Ionic Liquid Structure and Conductivity: Pendant versus
Backbone Charge Placement. ACS Macro Lett. 2016, 5 (8), 925–930.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acsmacrolett.6b00534.
(18) Kang, K.; Watanabe, S.; Broch, K.; Sepe, A.; Brown, A.; Nasrallah, I.; Nikolka, M.; Fei,
Z.; Heeney, M.; Matsumoto, D.; Marumoto, K.; Tanaka, H.; Kuroda, S.; Sirringhaus, H.
2D Coherent Charge Transport in Highly Ordered Conducting Polymers Doped by Solid
State
Diffusion.
Nature
Materials
2016,
15
(8),
896–902.
https://doi.org/10.1038/nmat4634.
(19) Arkhipov, V. I.; Heremans, P.; Emelianova, E. V.; Bässler, H. Effect of Doping on the
Density-of-States Distribution and Carrier Hopping in Disordered Organic
Semiconductors.
Phys.
Rev.
B
2005,
71
(4),
045214.
https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevB.71.045214.
(20) Wang, S.; Ha, M.; Manno, M.; Frisbie, C. D.; Leighton, C. Hopping Transport and the
Hall Effect near the Insulator–Metal Transition in Electrochemically Gated Poly(3Hexylthiophene)
Transistors.
Nat
Commun
2012,
3
(1),
1–7.
https://doi.org/10.1038/ncomms2213.
(21) Volkov, A. V.; Wijeratne, K.; Mitraka, E.; Ail, U.; Zhao, D.; Tybrandt, K.; Andreasen,
J. W.; Berggren, M.; Crispin, X.; Zozoulenko, I. V. Understanding the Capacitance of
PEDOT:PSS. Advanced Functional Materials 2017, 27 (28), 1700329.
https://doi.org/10.1002/adfm.201700329.
(22) Newman, J.; Thomas-Alyea, K. E. Transport Laws. In Electrochemical Systems; John
Wiley & Sons: Hoboken, N.J, 2004; pp 271–274.
(23) Buck, R. P. General Voltage-Step Responses and Impedances of Mixed-Conductor
Films and Diodes: Metal-Contact Cells with Mobile Anions or Cations. The Journal of
Physical Chemistry 1989, 93 (16), 6212–6219.
(24) Buck, R. P. Electron Hopping in One Dimension: Mixed Conductor Membranes. The
Journal of Physical Chemistry 1988, 92 (14), 4196–4200.
(25) Nahir, T. M.; Buck, R. P. Transport Processes in Membranes Containing Neutral Ion
Carriers, Positive Ion Complexes, Negative Mobile Sites, and Ion Pairs. The Journal of
Physical Chemistry 1993, 97 (47), 12363–12372.
194
(26) Nowak, M.; Rughooputh, S.; Hotta, S.; Heeger, A. J. Polarons and Bipolarons on a
Conducting Polymer in Solution. Macromolecules 1987, 20 (5), 965–968.
(27) Jia, H.; Lei, T. Emerging Research Directions for N-Type Conjugated Polymers. Journal
of
Materials
Chemistry
C
2019,
7
(41),
12809–12821.
https://doi.org/10.1039/C9TC02632K.
(28) Rawlings, D.; Thomas, E. M.; Segalman, R. A.; Chabinyc, M. L. Controlling the Doping
Mechanism in Poly(3-Hexylthiophene) Thin-Film Transistors with Polymeric Ionic
Liquid
Dielectrics.
Chem.
Mater.
2019,
31
(21),
8820–8829.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.chemmater.9b02803.
(29) Mills, T.; Kaake, L. G.; Zhu, X.-Y. Polaron and Ion Diffusion in a Poly(3Hexylthiophene) Thin-Film Transistor Gated with Polymer Electrolyte Dielectric. Appl.
Phys. A 2009, 95 (1), 291–296. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00339-008-5026-9.
(30) Kaneto, K.; Agawa, H.; Yoshino, K. Cycle Life, Stability, and Characteristics of Color
Switching Cells Utilizing Polythiophene Films. Journal of Applied Physics 1987, 61 (3),
1197–1205. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.338167.
(31) Bischak, C. G.; Flagg, L. Q.; Yan, K.; Rehman, T.; Davies, D. W.; Quezada, R. J.;
Onorato, J. W.; Luscombe, C. K.; Diao, Y.; Li, C.-Z.; Ginger, D. S. A Reversible
Structural Phase Transition by Electrochemically-Driven Ion Injection into a Conjugated
Polymer.
J.
Am.
Chem.
Soc.
2020,
142
(16),
7434–7442.
https://doi.org/10.1021/jacs.9b12769.
(32) Bocharova, V.; Sokolov, A. P. Perspectives for Polymer Electrolytes: A View from
Fundamentals of Ionic Conductivity. Macromolecules 2020, 53 (11), 4141–4157.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.macromol.9b02742.
(33) Albinsson, I.; Mellander, B. ‐E.; Stevens, J. R. Ionic Conductivity in Poly(Propylene
Glycol) Complexed with Lithium and Sodium Triflate. J. Chem. Phys. 1992, 96 (1), 681–
690. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.462453.
(34) Wang, Y.; Fan, F.; Agapov, A. L.; Yu, X.; Hong, K.; Mays, J.; Sokolov, A. P. Design of
Superionic Polymers—New Insights from Walden Plot Analysis. Solid State Ionics
2014, 262, 782–784. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ssi.2013.09.026.
(35) Cohen, M. H.; Turnbull, D. Molecular Transport in Liquids and Glasses. J. Chem. Phys.
1959, 31 (5), 1164–1169. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1730566.
(36) Turnbull, D.; Cohen, M. H. On the Free‐Volume Model of the Liquid‐Glass Transition.
J. Chem. Phys. 1970, 52 (6), 3038–3041. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1673434.
(37) A. Ratner, M.; Nitzan, A. Conductivity in Polymer Ionics. Dynamic Disorder and
Correlation. Faraday Discussions of the Chemical Society 1989, 88 (0), 19–42.
https://doi.org/10.1039/DC9898800019.
(38) Aziz, S. B.; Woo, T. J.; Kadir, M. F. Z.; Ahmed, H. M. A Conceptual Review on Polymer
Electrolytes and Ion Transport Models. Journal of Science: Advanced Materials and
Devices 2018, 3 (1), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsamd.2018.01.002.
(39) Boden, N.; Leng, S. A.; Ward, I. M. Ionic Conductivity and Diffusivity in Polyethylene
Oxode/Electrolyte Solutions as Models for Polymer Electrolytes. Solid State Ionics
1991, 45 (3), 261–270. https://doi.org/10.1016/0167-2738(91)90160-D.
(40) Chung, S. H.; Such, K.; Wieczorek, W.; Stevens, J. R. An Analysis of Ionic Conductivity
in Polymer Electrolytes. Journal of Polymer Science Part B: Polymer Physics 1994, 32
(16), 2733–2741. https://doi.org/10.1002/polb.1994.090321619.
195
(41) Meyer, W. H. Polymer Electrolytes for Lithium-Ion Batteries. Advanced Materials 1998,
10 (6), 439–448. https://doi.org/10.1002/(SICI)1521-4095(199804)10:6<439::AIDADMA439>3.0.CO;2-I.
(42) Mao, G.; Saboungi, M.-L.; Price, D. L.; Armand, M.; Mezei, F.; Pouget, S. α-Relaxation
in PEO−LiTFSI Polymer Electrolytes. Macromolecules 2002, 35 (2), 415–419.
https://doi.org/10.1021/ma010108e.
(43) Loo, W. S.; Mongcopa, K. I.; Gribble, D. A.; Faraone, A. A.; Balsara, N. P. Investigating
the Effect of Added Salt on the Chain Dimensions of Poly(Ethylene Oxide) through
Small-Angle Neutron Scattering. Macromolecules 2019, 52 (22), 8724–8732.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.macromol.9b01509.
(44) Mongcopa, K. I. S.; Tyagi, M.; Mailoa, J. P.; Samsonidze, G.; Kozinsky, B.; Mullin, S.
A.; Gribble, D. A.; Watanabe, H.; Balsara, N. P. Relationship between Segmental
Dynamics Measured by Quasi-Elastic Neutron Scattering and Conductivity in Polymer
Electrolytes.
ACS
Macro
Lett.
2018,
7
(4),
504–508.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acsmacrolett.8b00159.
(45) Hall, L. M.; Seitz, M. E.; Winey, K. I.; Opper, K. L.; Wagener, K. B.; Stevens, M. J.;
Frischknecht, A. L. Ionic Aggregate Structure in Ionomer Melts: Effect of Molecular
Architecture on Aggregates and the Ionomer Peak. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2012, 134 (1),
574–587. https://doi.org/10.1021/ja209142b.
(46) Yan, L.; Rank, C.; Mecking, S.; Winey, K. I. Gyroid and Other Ordered Morphologies
in Single-Ion Conducting Polymers and Their Impact on Ion Conductivity. J. Am. Chem.
Soc. 2020, 142 (2), 857–866. https://doi.org/10.1021/jacs.9b09701.
(47) Yan, L.; Bustillo, K. C.; Panova, O.; Minor, A. M.; Winey, K. I. Solution-Grown Crystals
of Precise Acid- and Ion-Containing Polyethylenes. Polymer 2018, 135, 111–119.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.polymer.2017.12.007.
(48) Young, W.-S.; Epps, T. H. Salt Doping in PEO-Containing Block Copolymers:
Counterion and Concentration Effects. Macromolecules 2009, 42 (7), 2672–2678.
https://doi.org/10.1021/ma802799p.
(49) Singh, M.; Odusanya, O.; Wilmes, G. M.; Eitouni, H. B.; Gomez, E. D.; Patel, A. J.;
Chen, V. L.; Park, M. J.; Fragouli, P.; Iatrou, H.; Hadjichristidis, N.; Cookson, D.;
Balsara, N. P. Effect of Molecular Weight on the Mechanical and Electrical Properties
of Block Copolymer Electrolytes. Macromolecules 2007, 40 (13), 4578–4585.
https://doi.org/10.1021/ma0629541.
(50) Xie, S.; Meyer, D. J.; Wang, E.; Bates, F. S.; Lodge, T. P. Structure and Properties of
Bicontinuous Microemulsions from Salt-Doped Ternary Polymer Blends.
Macromolecules
2019,
52
(24),
9693–9702.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.macromol.9b01963.
(51) Knychała, P.; Banaszak, M. Simulations on a Swollen Gyroid Nanostructure in Thin
Films Relevant to Systems of Ionic Block Copolymers. The European Physical Journal
E 2014, 37 (7), 67. https://doi.org/10.1140/epje/i2014-14067-4.
(52) Park, M. J.; Balsara, N. P. Phase Behavior of Symmetric Sulfonated Block Copolymers.
Macromolecules 2008, 41 (10), 3678–3687. https://doi.org/10.1021/ma702733f.
(53) Coropceanu, V.; Cornil, J.; da Silva Filho, D. A.; Olivier, Y.; Silbey, R.; Brédas, J.-L.
Charge Transport in Organic Semiconductors. Chem. Rev. 2007, 107 (4), 926–952.
https://doi.org/10.1021/cr050140x.
196
(54) Tietze, M. L.; Pahner, P.; Schmidt, K.; Leo, K.; Lüssem, B. Doped Organic
Semiconductors: Trap-Filling, Impurity Saturation, and Reserve Regimes. Advanced
Functional
Materials
2015,
25
(18),
2701–2707.
https://doi.org/10.1002/adfm.201404549.
(55) Thomas, E. M.; Davidson, E. C.; Katsumata, R.; Segalman, R. A.; Chabinyc, M. L.
Branched Side Chains Govern Counterion Position and Doping Mechanism in
Conjugated Polythiophenes. ACS Macro Lett. 2018, 7 (12), 1492–1497.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acsmacrolett.8b00778.
(56) Liu, C.; Huang, K.; Park, W.-T.; Li, M.; Yang, T.; Liu, X.; Liang, L.; Minari, T.; Noh,
Y.-Y. A Unified Understanding of Charge Transport in Organic Semiconductors: The
Importance of Attenuated Delocalization for the Carriers. Mater. Horiz. 2017, 4 (4),
608–618. https://doi.org/10.1039/C7MH00091J.
(57) Baranovskii, S. D. Theoretical Description of Charge Transport in Disordered Organic
Semiconductors. physica status solidi (b) 2014, 251 (3), 487–525.
https://doi.org/10.1002/pssb.201350339.
(58) Bässler, H.; Köhler, A. Charge Transport in Organic Semiconductors. In Unimolecular
and Supramolecular Electronics I: Chemistry and Physics Meet at Metal-Molecule
Interfaces; Metzger, R. M., Ed.; Topics in Current Chemistry; Springer: Berlin,
Heidelberg, 2012; pp 1–65. https://doi.org/10.1007/128_2011_218.
(59) Glaudell, A. M.; Cochran, J. E.; Patel, S. N.; Chabinyc, M. L. Impact of the Doping
Method on Conductivity and Thermopower in Semiconducting Polythiophenes.
Advanced
Energy
Materials
2015,
5
(4),
1401072.
https://doi.org/10.1002/aenm.201401072.
(60) Thomas, E. M.; Popere, B. C.; Fang, H.; Chabinyc, M. L.; Segalman, R. A. Role of
Disorder Induced by Doping on the Thermoelectric Properties of Semiconducting
Polymers.
Chem.
Mater.
2018,
30
(9),
2965–2972.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.chemmater.8b00394.
(61) Zuo, G.; Abdalla, H.; Kemerink, M. Impact of Doping on the Density of States and the
Mobility in Organic Semiconductors. Phys. Rev. B 2016, 93 (23), 235203.
https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevB.93.235203.
(62) Yee, P. Y.; Scholes, D. T.; Schwartz, B. J.; Tolbert, S. H. Dopant-Induced Ordering of
Amorphous Regions in Regiorandom P3HT. J. Phys. Chem. Lett. 2019, 10 (17), 4929–
4934. https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.jpclett.9b02070.
(63) Duong, D. T.; Toney, M. F.; Salleo, A. Role of Confinement and Aggregation in Charge
Transport in Semicrystalline Polythiophene Thin Films. Phys. Rev. B 2012, 86 (20),
205205. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevB.86.205205.
(64) Wirix, M. J. M.; Bomans, P. H. H.; Friedrich, H.; Sommerdijk, N. A. J. M.; de With, G.
Three-Dimensional Structure of P3HT Assemblies in Organic Solvents Revealed by
Cryo-TEM. Nano Lett. 2014, 14 (4), 2033–2038. https://doi.org/10.1021/nl5001967.
(65) Liu, W.; Müller, L.; Ma, S.; Barlow, S.; Marder, S. R.; Kowalsky, W.; Köhn, A.;
Lovrincic, R. Origin of the π–π Spacing Change upon Doping of Semiconducting
Polymers.
J.
Phys.
Chem.
C
2018,
122
(49),
27983–27990.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.jpcc.8b10845.
(66) Bridges, C. R.; Ford, M. J.; Thomas, E. M.; Gomez, C.; Bazan, G. C.; Segalman, R. A.
Effects of Side Chain Branch Point on Self Assembly, Structure, and Electronic
197
Properties of High Mobility Semiconducting Polymers. Macromolecules 2018, 51 (21),
8597–8604. https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.macromol.8b01906.
(67) Ma, Z.; Geng, H.; Wang, D.; Shuai, Z. Influence of Alkyl Side-Chain Length on the
Carrier Mobility in Organic Semiconductors: Herringbone vs. Pi–Pi Stacking. J. Mater.
Chem. C 2016, 4 (20), 4546–4555. https://doi.org/10.1039/C6TC00755D.
(68) Zhou, K.; Zhou, X.; Xu, X.; Musumeci, C.; Wang, C.; Xu, W.; Meng, X.; Ma, W.;
Inganäs, O. π–π Stacking Distance and Phase Separation Controlled Efficiency in Stable
All-Polymer
Solar
Cells.
Polymers
2019,
11
(10),
1665.
https://doi.org/10.3390/polym11101665.
(69) Kroon, R.; Kiefer, D.; Stegerer, D.; Yu, L.; Sommer, M.; Müller, C. Polar Side Chains
Enhance Processability, Electrical Conductivity, and Thermal Stability of a Molecularly
p-Doped Polythiophene. Advanced Materials 2017, 29 (24), 1700930.
https://doi.org/10.1002/adma.201700930.
(70) Liu, J.; Qiu, L.; Alessandri, R.; Qiu, X.; Portale, G.; Dong, J.; Talsma, W.; Ye, G.;
Sengrian, A. A.; Souza, P. C. T.; Loi, M. A.; Chiechi, R. C.; Marrink, S. J.; Hummelen,
J. C.; Koster, L. J. A. Enhancing Molecular N-Type Doping of Donor–Acceptor
Copolymers by Tailoring Side Chains. Advanced Materials 2018, 30 (7), 1704630.
https://doi.org/10.1002/adma.201704630.
(71) Aubry, T. J.; Axtell, J. C.; Basile, V. M.; Winchell, K. J.; Lindemuth, J. R.; Porter, T.
M.; Liu, J.-Y.; Alexandrova, A. N.; Kubiak, C. P.; Tolbert, S. H.; Spokoyny, A. M.;
Schwartz, B. J. Dodecaborane-Based Dopants Designed to Shield Anion Electrostatics
Lead to Increased Carrier Mobility in a Doped Conjugated Polymer. Advanced Materials
2019, 31 (11), 1805647. https://doi.org/10.1002/adma.201805647.
(72) Giovannitti, A.; Maria, I. P.; Hanifi, D.; Donahue, M. J.; Bryant, D.; Barth, K. J.;
Makdah, B. E.; Savva, A.; Moia, D.; Zetek, M.; Barnes, P. R. F.; Reid, O. G.; Inal, S.;
Rumbles, G.; Malliaras, G. G.; Nelson, J.; Rivnay, J.; McCulloch, I. The Role of the Side
Chain on the Performance of N-Type Conjugated Polymers in Aqueous Electrolytes.
Chem.
Mater.
2018,
30
(9),
2945–2953.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.chemmater.8b00321.
(73) Hynynen, J.; Kiefer, D.; Yu, L. Y.; Kroon, R.; Munir, R.; Amassian, A.; Kemerink, M.;
Muller, C. Enhanced Electrical Conductivity of Molecularly P-Doped Poly(3Hexylthiophene) through Understanding the Correlation with Solid-State Order.
Macromolecules 2017, 50, 8140–8148. https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.macromol.7b00968.
(74) Lim, E.; Glaudell, A. M.; Miller, R.; Chabinyc, M. L. The Role of Ordering on the
Thermoelectric Properties of Blends of Regioregular and Regiorandom Poly(3Hexylthiophene). Advanced Electronic Materials 2019, 5 (11), 1800915.
https://doi.org/10.1002/aelm.201800915.
(75) Collins, B. A.; Cochran, J. E.; Yan, H.; Gann, E.; Hub, C.; Fink, R.; Wang, C.;
Schuettfort, T.; McNeill, C. R.; Chabinyc, M. L.; Ade, H. Polarized X-Ray Scattering
Reveals Non-Crystalline Orientational Ordering in Organic Films. Nature Materials
2012, 11 (6), 536–543. https://doi.org/10.1038/nmat3310.
(76) Patel, S. N.; Glaudell, A. M.; Kiefer, D.; Chabinyc, M. L. Increasing the Thermoelectric
Power Factor of a Semiconducting Polymer by Doping from the Vapor Phase. Acs Macro
Lett 2016, 5, 268–272. https://doi.org/10.1021/acsmacrolett.5b00887.
(77) Patel, S. N.; Glaudell, A. M.; Peterson, K. A.; Thomas, E. M.; O’Hara, K. A.; Lim, E.;
Chabinyc, M. L. Morphology Controls the Thermoelectric Power Factor of a Doped
198
Semiconducting Polymer. Science Advances 2017, 3 (6), e1700434.
https://doi.org/10.1126/sciadv.1700434.
(78) Gu, K.; Snyder, C. R.; Onorato, J.; Luscombe, C. K.; Bosse, A. W.; Loo, Y.-L. Assessing
the Huang–Brown Description of Tie Chains for Charge Transport in Conjugated
Polymers.
ACS
Macro
Lett.
2018,
7
(11),
1333–1338.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acsmacrolett.8b00626.
(79) Himmelberger, S.; Vandewal, K.; Fei, Z.; Heeney, M.; Salleo, A. Role of Molecular
Weight Distribution on Charge Transport in Semiconducting Polymers. Macromolecules
2014, 47 (20), 7151–7157. https://doi.org/10.1021/ma501508j.
(80) Mindemark, J.; Lacey, M. J.; Bowden, T.; Brandell, D. Beyond PEO—Alternative Host
Materials for Li+-Conducting Solid Polymer Electrolytes. Progress in Polymer Science
2018, 81, 114–143. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.progpolymsci.2017.12.004.
(81) MacFarlane, D. R.; Forsyth, M.; Izgorodina, E. I.; Abbott, A. P.; Annat, G.; Fraser, K.
On the Concept of Ionicity in Ionic Liquids. Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys. 2009, 11 (25),
4962–4967. https://doi.org/10.1039/B900201D.
(82) Hayashi, A.; Noi, K.; Sakuda, A.; Tatsumisago, M. Superionic Glass-Ceramic
Electrolytes for Room-Temperature Rechargeable Sodium Batteries. Nature
Communications 2012, 3 (1), 856. https://doi.org/10.1038/ncomms1843.
(83) Chiang, C. K.; Fincher, C. R.; Park, Y. W.; Heeger, A. J.; Shirakawa, H.; Louis, E. J.;
Gau, S. C.; MacDiarmid, A. G. Electrical Conductivity in Doped Polyacetylene. Phys.
Rev. Lett. 1977, 39 (17), 1098–1101. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.39.1098.
(84) Vijayakumar, V.; Zhong, Y.; Untilova, V.; Bahri, M.; Herrmann, L.; Biniek, L.; Leclerc,
N.; Brinkmann, M. Bringing Conducting Polymers to High Order: Toward
Conductivities beyond 105 S Cm−1 and Thermoelectric Power Factors of 2 mW M−1
K−2.
Advanced
Energy
Materials
2019,
9
(24),
1900266.
https://doi.org/10.1002/aenm.201900266.
(85) Thomas, E. M.; Brady, M. A.; Nakayama, H.; Popere, B. C.; Segalman, R. A.; Chabinyc,
M. L. X-Ray Scattering Reveals Ion-Induced Microstructural Changes During
Electrochemical Gating of Poly(3-Hexylthiophene). Advanced Functional Materials
2018, 28 (44), 1803687. https://doi.org/10.1002/adfm.201803687.
(86) Pingel, P.; Neher, D. Comprehensive Picture of P-Type Doping of P3HT with the
Molecular Acceptor F4TCNQ. Phys. Rev. B 2013, 87 (11), 115209.
https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevB.87.115209.
(87) Jamnik, J.; Maier, J. Generalised Equivalent Circuits for Mass and Charge Transport:
Chemical Capacitance and Its Implications. Physical Chemistry Chemical Physics 2001,
3 (9), 1668–1678. https://doi.org/10.1039/B100180I.
(88) Kim, Y.; Han, M.; Kim, J.; Kim, E. Electrochromic Capacitive Windows Based on All
Conjugated Polymers for a Dual Function Smart Window. Energy Environ. Sci. 2018,
11 (8), 2124–2133. https://doi.org/10.1039/C8EE00080H.
(89) Heimburg, T. The Capacitance and Electromechanical Coupling of Lipid Membranes
Close to Transitions: The Effect of Electrostriction. Biophys J 2012, 103 (5), 918–929.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bpj.2012.07.010.
(90) Gopal, C. B.; Gabaly, F. E.; McDaniel, A. H.; Chueh, W. C. Origin and Tunability of
Unusually Large Surface Capacitance in Doped Cerium Oxide Studied by AmbientPressure X-Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy. Advanced Materials 2016, 28 (23), 4692–
4697. https://doi.org/10.1002/adma.201506333.
199
(91) Zhao, D.; Fabiano, S.; Berggren, M.; Crispin, X. Ionic Thermoelectric Gating Organic
Transistors.
Nature
Communications
2017,
8
(1),
14214.
https://doi.org/10.1038/ncomms14214.
(92) Moser, M.; Hidalgo, T. C.; Surgailis, J.; Gladisch, J.; Ghosh, S.; Sheelamanthula, R.;
Thiburce, Q.; Giovannitti, A.; Salleo, A.; Gasparini, N.; Wadsworth, A.; Zozoulenko, I.;
Berggren, M.; Stavrinidou, E.; Inal, S.; McCulloch, I. Side Chain Redistribution as a
Strategy to Boost Organic Electrochemical Transistor Performance and Stability.
Advanced Materials n/a (n/a), 2002748. https://doi.org/10.1002/adma.202002748.
(93) Gladisch, J.; Stavrinidou, E.; Ghosh, S.; Giovannitti, A.; Moser, M.; Zozoulenko, I.;
McCulloch, I.; Berggren, M. Reversible Electronic Solid–Gel Switching of a Conjugated
Polymer.
Advanced
Materials
2019,
1901144.
https://doi.org/10.1002/advs.201901144@10.1002/(ISSN)1521-4095.polymertechnology.
(94) Friedlein, J. T.; Donahue, M. J.; Shaheen, S. E.; Malliaras, G. G.; McLeod, R. R.
Microsecond Response in Organic Electrochemical Transistors: Exceeding the Ionic
Speed
Limit.
Advanced
Materials
2016,
28
(38),
8398–8404.
https://doi.org/10.1002/adma.201602684.
(95) Berggren, M.; Malliaras, G. G. How Conducting Polymer Electrodes Operate. Science
2019, 364 (6437), 233–234. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aaw9295.
(96) Khodagholy, D.; Rivnay, J.; Sessolo, M.; Gurfinkel, M.; Leleux, P.; Jimison, L. H.;
Stavrinidou, E.; Herve, T.; Sanaur, S.; Owens, R. M.; Malliaras, G. G. High
Transconductance Organic Electrochemical Transistors. Nature Communications 2013,
4 (1), 2133. https://doi.org/10.1038/ncomms3133.
(97) Patel, S. N.; Javier, A. E.; Stone, G. M.; Mullin, S. A.; Balsara, N. P. Simultaneous
Conduction of Electronic Charge and Lithium Ions in Block Copolymers. ACS Nano
2012, 6 (2), 1589–1600. https://doi.org/10.1021/nn2045664.
(98) Newman, J.; Thomas-Alyea, K. E. Electrochemical Systems.
(99) Ma, Y.; Doyle, M.; Fuller, T. F.; Doeff, M. M.; Jonghe, L. C. D.; Newman, J. The
Measurement of a Complete Set of Transport Properties for a Concentrated Solid
Polymer Electrolyte Solution. J. Electrochem. Soc. 1995, 142 (6), 1859.
https://doi.org/10.1149/1.2044206.
(100) Schauser, N. S.; Seshadri, R.; Segalman, R. A. Multivalent Ion Conduction in Solid
Polymer Systems. Molecular Systems Design & Engineering 2019, 4 (2), 263–279.
https://doi.org/10.1039/C8ME00096D.
(101) Klett, M.; Giesecke, M.; Nyman, A.; Hallberg, F.; Lindström, R. W.; Lindbergh, G.;
Furó, I. Quantifying Mass Transport during Polarization in a Li Ion Battery Electrolyte
by in Situ 7Li NMR Imaging. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2012, 134 (36), 14654–14657.
https://doi.org/10.1021/ja305461j.
(102) Thomas, E. M.; Popere, B. C.; Fang, H.; Chabinyc, M. L.; Segalman, R. A. Role of
Disorder Induced by Doping on the Thermoelectric Properties of Semiconducting
Polymers.
Chem.
Mater.
2018,
30
(9),
2965–2972.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.chemmater.8b00394.
(103) Choi, J.-H.; Xie, W.; Gu, Y.; Frisbie, C. D.; Lodge, T. P. Single Ion Conducting,
Polymerized Ionic Liquid Triblock Copolymer Films: High Capacitance Electrolyte
Gates for n-Type Transistors. ACS Appl. Mater. Interfaces 2015, 7 (13), 7294–7302.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acsami.5b00495.
200
(104) Prigodin, V. N.; Hsu, F. C.; Park, J. H.; Waldmann, O.; Epstein, A. J. Electron-Ion
Interaction in Doped Conducting Polymers. Phys. Rev. B 2008, 78 (3), 035203.
https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevB.78.035203.
(105) Moia, D.; Giovannitti, A.; Szumska, A. A.; Maria, I. P.; Rezasoltani, E.; Sachs, M.;
Schnurr, M.; Barnes, P. R. F.; McCulloch, I.; Nelson, J. Design and Evaluation of
Conjugated Polymers with Polar Side Chains as Electrode Materials for Electrochemical
Energy Storage in Aqueous Electrolytes. Energy Environ. Sci. 2019, 12 (4), 1349–1357.
https://doi.org/10.1039/C8EE03518K.
(106) Christie, A. M.; Lilley, S. J.; Staunton, E.; Andreev, Y. G.; Bruce, P. G. Increasing the
Conductivity of Crystalline Polymer Electrolytes. Nature 2005, 433 (7021), 50–53.
https://doi.org/10.1038/nature03186.
(107) Beckingham, B. S.; Ho, V.; Segalman, R. A. Formation of a Rigid Amorphous
Fraction in Poly(3-(2′-Ethyl)Hexylthiophene). ACS Macro Lett. 2014, 3 (7), 684–688.
https://doi.org/10.1021/mz500262d.
(108) Martín, J.; Stingelin, N.; Cangialosi, D. Direct Calorimetric Observation of the Rigid
Amorphous Fraction in a Semiconducting Polymer. J. Phys. Chem. Lett. 2018, 9 (5),
990–995. https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.jpclett.7b03110.
(109) Thomas, E. M.; Peterson, K. A.; Balzer, A.; Rawlings, D.; Stingelin, N.; Segalman, R.
A.; Chabinyc, M. L. Effects of Counter-Ion Size on Delocalization of Carriers and
Stability of Doped Semiconducting Polymers. Submitted. 2020.
(110) Kiefer, D.; Kroon, R.; Hofmann, A. I.; Sun, H.; Liu, X.; Giovannitti, A.; Stegerer, D.;
Cano, A.; Hynynen, J.; Yu, L.; Zhang, Y.; Nai, D.; Harrelson, T. F.; Sommer, M.; Moulé,
A. J.; Kemerink, M.; Marder, S. R.; McCulloch, I.; Fahlman, M.; Fabiano, S.; Müller, C.
Double Doping of Conjugated Polymers with Monomer Molecular Dopants. Nature
Materials 2019, 18 (2), 149–155. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41563-018-0263-6.
(111) Mazaheripour, A.; Thomas, E. M.; Segalman, R. A.; Chabinyc, M. L. Nonaggregating
Doped Polymers Based on Poly(3,4-Propylenedioxythiophene). Macromolecules 2019,
52 (5), 2203–2213. https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.macromol.8b02389.
(112) Wen, H.-F.; Wu, H.-C.; Aimi, J.; Hung, C.-C.; Chiang, Y.-C.; Kuo, C.-C.; Chen, W.C. Soft Poly(Butyl Acrylate) Side Chains toward Intrinsically Stretchable Polymeric
Semiconductors for Field-Effect Transistor Applications. Macromolecules 2017, 50
(13), 4982–4992. https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.macromol.7b00860.
(113) Ashizawa, M.; Zheng, Y.; Tran, H.; Bao, Z. Intrinsically Stretchable Conjugated
Polymer Semiconductors in Field Effect Transistors. Progress in Polymer Science 2019,
101181. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.progpolymsci.2019.101181.
(114) Kelly, T.; Ghadi, B. M.; Berg, S.; Ardebili, H. In Situ Study of Strain-Dependent Ion
Conductivity of Stretchable Polyethylene Oxide Electrolyte. Scientific Reports 2016, 6
(1), 1–9. https://doi.org/10.1038/srep20128.
(115) Reynolds, V. G.; Oh, S.; Xie, R.; Chabinyc, M. L. Model for the Electro-Mechanical
Behavior of Elastic Organic Transistors. J. Mater. Chem. C 2020.
https://doi.org/10.1039/D0TC01181A.
(116) Jacobs, I. E.; Moulé, A. J. Controlling Molecular Doping in Organic Semiconductors.
Advanced Materials 2017, 29 (42), 1703063. https://doi.org/10.1002/adma.201703063.
(117) Zokaei, S.; Kim, D.; Järsvall, E.; Fenton, A. M.; Weisen, A. R.; Hultmark, S.; Nguyen,
P. H.; Matheson, A. M.; Lund, A.; Kroon, R.; Chabinyc, M. L.; Enrique, G. D.;
Zozoulenko, I.; Müller, C. Tuning of the Elastic Modulus of a Soft Polythiophene
201
through Molecular Doping. Materials Horizons 2022, 9 (1), 433–443.
https://doi.org/10.1039/D1MH01079D.
(118) Lim, E.; Glaudell, A. M.; Miller, R.; Chabinyc, M. L. The Role of Ordering on the
Thermoelectric Properties of Blends of Regioregular and Regiorandom Poly(3Hexylthiophene). Advanced Electronic Materials 2019, 5 (11), 1800915.
https://doi.org/10.1002/aelm.201800915.
(119) Cendra, C.; Giovannitti, A.; Savva, A.; Venkatraman, V.; McCulloch, I.; Salleo, A.;
Inal, S.; Rivnay, J. Role of the Anion on the Transport and Structure of Organic Mixed
Conductors. Advanced Functional Materials 2019, 29 (5), 1807034.
https://doi.org/10.1002/adfm.201807034.
(120) Li, J.; Koshnick, C.; Diallo, S. O.; Ackling, S.; Huang, D. M.; Jacobs, I. E.; Harrelson,
T. F.; Hong, K.; Zhang, G.; Beckett, J.; Mascal, M.; Moulé, A. J. Quantitative
Measurements of the Temperature-Dependent Microscopic and Macroscopic Dynamics
of a Molecular Dopant in a Conjugated Polymer. Macromolecules 2017, 50 (14), 5476–
5489. https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.macromol.7b00672.
(121) E. Jacobs, I.; W. Aasen, E.; L. Oliveira, J.; N. Fonseca, T.; D. Roehling, J.; Li, J.;
Zhang, G.; P. Augustine, M.; Mascal, M.; J. Moulé, A. Comparison of Solution-Mixed
and Sequentially Processed P3HT:F4TCNQ Films: Effect of Doping-Induced
Aggregation on Film Morphology. Journal of Materials Chemistry C 2016, 4 (16),
3454–3466. https://doi.org/10.1039/C5TC04207K.
(122) Lim, E.; Peterson, K. A.; Su, G. M.; Chabinyc, M. L. Thermoelectric Properties of
Poly(3-Hexylthiophene)
(P3HT)
Doped
with
2,3,5,6-Tetrafluoro-7,7,8,8Tetracyanoquinodimethane (F4TCNQ) by Vapor-Phase Infiltration. Chem. Mater. 2018,
30 (3), 998–1010. https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.chemmater.7b04849.
(123) DiTusa, M. F.; Grocke, G. L.; Ma, T.; Patel, S. N. Probing the Evolution of
Conductivity and Structural Changes in Vapor-F4TCNQ Doped P3HT. Mol. Syst. Des.
Eng. 2022, 7 (7), 788–797. https://doi.org/10.1039/D1ME00192B.
(124) Dai, A.; Wan, A.; Magee, C.; Zhang, Y.; Barlow, S.; Marder, S. R.; Kahn, A.
Investigation of P-Dopant Diffusion in Polymer Films and Bulk Heterojunctions: Stable
Spatially-Confined Doping for All-Solution Processed Solar Cells. Organic Electronics
2015, 23, 151–157. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.orgel.2015.04.023.
(125) Reiser, P.; Müller, L.; Sivanesan, V.; Lovrincic, R.; Barlow, S.; Marder, S. R.; Pucci,
A.; Jaegermann, W.; Mankel, E.; Beck, S. Dopant Diffusion in Sequentially Doped
Poly(3-Hexylthiophene) Studied by Infrared and Photoelectron Spectroscopy. J. Phys.
Chem. C 2018, 122 (26), 14518–14527. https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.jpcc.8b02657.
(126) Kolesov, V. A.; Fuentes-Hernandez, C.; Chou, W.-F.; Aizawa, N.; Larrain, F. A.;
Wang, M.; Perrotta, A.; Choi, S.; Graham, S.; Bazan, G. C.; Nguyen, T.-Q.; Marder, S.
R.; Kippelen, B. Solution-Based Electrical Doping of Semiconducting Polymer Films
over a Limited Depth. Nature Mater 2017, 16 (4), 474–480.
https://doi.org/10.1038/nmat4818.
(127) Thomas, E. M.; Peterson, K. A.; Balzer, A. H.; Rawlings, D.; Stingelin, N.; Segalman,
R. A.; Chabinyc, M. L. Effects of Counter-Ion Size on Delocalization of Carriers and
Stability of Doped Semiconducting Polymers. Advanced Electronic Materials 2020, 6
(12), 2000595. https://doi.org/10.1002/aelm.202000595.
(128) Fontana, M. T.; Stanfield, D. A.; Scholes, D. T.; Winchell, K. J.; Tolbert, S. H.;
Schwartz, B. J. Evaporation vs Solution Sequential Doping of Conjugated Polymers:
202
F4TCNQ Doping of Micrometer-Thick P3HT Films for Thermoelectrics. J. Phys. Chem.
C 2019, 123 (37), 22711–22724. https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.jpcc.9b05069.
(129) Yu, L.; Scheunemann, D.; Lund, A.; Kiefer, D.; Müller, C. Sequential Doping of Solid
Chunks of a Conjugated Polymer for Body-Heat-Powered Thermoelectric Modules.
Appl. Phys. Lett. 2021, 119 (18), 181902. https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0075789.
(130) Poverenov, E.; Zamoshchik, N.; Patra, A.; Ridelman, Y.; Bendikov, M. Unusual
Doping of Donor–Acceptor-Type Conjugated Polymers Using Lewis Acids. J. Am.
Chem. Soc. 2014, 136 (13), 5138–5149. https://doi.org/10.1021/ja501024n.
(131) Simón Marqués, P.; Londi, G.; Yurash, B.; Nguyen, T.-Q.; Barlow, S.; R. Marder, S.;
Beljonne, D. Understanding How Lewis Acids Dope Organic Semiconductors: A
“Complex”
Story.
Chemical
Science
2021,
12
(20),
7012–7022.
https://doi.org/10.1039/D1SC01268A.
(132) Han, C. C.; Elsenbaumer, R. L. Protonic Acids: Generally Applicable Dopants for
Conducting
Polymers.
Synthetic
Metals
1989,
30
(1),
123–131.
https://doi.org/10.1016/0379-6779(89)90648-6.
(133) Bridges, C. R.; Baumgartner, T. Lewis Acids and Bases as Molecular Dopants for
Organic Semiconductors. Journal of Physical Organic Chemistry 2020, 33 (9), e4077.
https://doi.org/10.1002/poc.4077.
(134) Suh, E. H.; Oh, J. G.; Jung, J.; Noh, S. H.; Lee, T. S.; Jang, J. Brønsted Acid Doping
of P3HT with Largely Soluble Tris(Pentafluorophenyl)Borane for Highly Conductive
and Stable Organic Thermoelectrics Via One-Step Solution Mixing. Advanced Energy
Materials 2020, 10 (47), 2002521. https://doi.org/10.1002/aenm.202002521.
(135) Gregory, S. A.; Li, Y.; Monroe, T. D.; Li, J.; Yee, S. K.; Losego, M. D. Vapor Phase
Infiltration Doping of the Semiconducting Polymer Poly(Aniline) with TiCl4 + H2O:
Mechanisms, Reaction Kinetics, and Electrical and Optical Properties. ACS Appl. Polym.
Mater. 2021, 3 (2), 720–729. https://doi.org/10.1021/acsapm.0c01014.
(136) Arvind, M.; Tait, C. E.; Guerrini, M.; Krumland, J.; Valencia, A. M.; Cocchi, C.;
Mansour, A. E.; Koch, N.; Barlow, S.; Marder, S. R.; Behrends, J.; Neher, D.
Quantitative Analysis of Doping-Induced Polarons and Charge-Transfer Complexes of
Poly(3-Hexylthiophene) in Solution. J. Phys. Chem. B 2020, 124 (35), 7694–7708.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.jpcb.0c03517.
(137) Pallini, F.; Mattiello, S.; Manfredi, N.; Mecca, S.; Fedorov, A.; Sassi, M.; Kurdi, K.
A.; Ding, Y.-F.; Pan, C.-K.; Pei, J.; Barlow, S.; Marder, S. R.; Nguyen, T.-Q.; Beverina,
L. Direct Detection of Molecular Hydrogen upon P- and n-Doping of Organic
Semiconductors with Complex Oxidants or Reductants. J. Mater. Chem. A 2023, 11 (15),
8192–8201. https://doi.org/10.1039/D3TA00231D.
(138) Raamat, E.; Kaupmees, K.; Ovsjannikov, G.; Trummal, A.; Kütt, A.; Saame, J.;
Koppel, I.; Kaljurand, I.; Lipping, L.; Rodima, T.; Pihl, V.; Koppel, I. A.; Leito, I.
Acidities of Strong Neutral Brønsted Acids in Different Media. Journal of Physical
Organic Chemistry 2013, 26 (2), 162–170. https://doi.org/10.1002/poc.2946.
(139) Aguirre, J. C.; Hawks, S. A.; Ferreira, A. S.; Yee, P.; Subramaniyan, S.; Jenekhe, S.
A.; Tolbert, S. H.; Schwartz, B. J. Sequential Processing for Organic Photovoltaics:
Design Rules for Morphology Control by Tailored Semi-Orthogonal Solvent Blends.
Advanced
Energy
Materials
2015,
5
(11),
1402020.
https://doi.org/10.1002/aenm.201402020.
203
(140) Scholes, D. T.; Yee, P. Y.; Lindemuth, J. R.; Kang, H.; Onorato, J.; Ghosh, R.;
Luscombe, C. K.; Spano, F. C.; Tolbert, S. H.; Schwartz, B. J. The Effects of
Crystallinity on Charge Transport and the Structure of Sequentially Processed F4TCNQDoped Conjugated Polymer Films. Advanced Functional Materials 2017, 27 (44),
1702654. https://doi.org/10.1002/adfm.201702654.
(141) Melander, L.; Saunders, W. H. Reaction Rates of Isotopic Molecules; Wiley, 1980.
(142) Jhulki, S.; Un, H.-I.; Ding, Y.-F.; Risko, C.; Mohapatra, S. K.; Pei, J.; Barlow, S.;
Marder, S. R. Reactivity of an Air-Stable Dihydrobenzoimidazole n-Dopant with
Organic Semiconductor Molecules. Chem 2021, 7 (4), 1050–1065.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chempr.2021.01.020.
(143) Maliakal, A. J. Characterization of Dopant Diffusion within Semiconducting Polymer
and Small-Molecule Films Using Infrared-Active Vibrational Modes and Attenuated
Total Reflectance Infrared Spectroscopy. ACS Appl. Mater. Interfaces 2013, 5 (17),
8300–8307. https://doi.org/10.1021/am401799k.
(144) Vijayakumar, V.; Zaborova, E.; Biniek, L.; Zeng, H.; Herrmann, L.; Carvalho, A.;
Boyron, O.; Leclerc, N.; Brinkmann, M. Effect of Alkyl Side Chain Length on Doping
Kinetics, Thermopower, and Charge Transport Properties in Highly Oriented F4TCNQDoped PBTTT Films. ACS Appl. Mater. Interfaces 2019, 11 (5), 4942–4953.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acsami.8b17594.
(145) Zhong, Y.; Untilova, V.; Muller, D.; Guchait, S.; Kiefer, C.; Herrmann, L.;
Zimmermann, N.; Brosset, M.; Heiser, T.; Brinkmann, M. Preferential Location of
Dopants in the Amorphous Phase of Oriented Regioregular Poly(3-Hexylthiophene-2,5Diyl) Films Helps Reach Charge Conductivities of 3000 S Cm−1. Advanced Functional
Materials 2022, 32 (30), 2202075. https://doi.org/10.1002/adfm.202202075.
(146) Aguirre, A.; Gast, P.; Orlinskii, S.; Akimoto, I.; Groenen, E. J. J.; Mkami, H. E.;
Goovaerts, E.; Doorslaer, S. V. Multifrequency EPR Analysis of the Positive Polaron in
I2-Doped Poly(3-Hexylthiophene) and in Poly[2-Methoxy-5-(3,7-Dimethyloctyloxy)]1,4-Phenylenevinylene. Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys. 2008, 10 (47), 7129–7138.
https://doi.org/10.1039/B811419F.
(147) Deline, V. R.; Katz, W.; Evans, C. A.; Williams, P. Mechanism of the SIMS Matrix
Effect. Appl. Phys. Lett. 1978, 33 (9), 832–835. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.90546.
(148) Surana, S.; Conard, T.; Fleischmann, C.; Tait, J. G.; Bastos, J. P.; Voroshazi, E.;
Havelund, R.; Turbiez, M.; Louette, P.; Felten, A.; Poleunis, C.; Delcorte, A.;
Vandervorst, W. Understanding Physico-Chemical Aspects in the Depth Profiling of
Polymer:Fullerene Layers. J. Phys. Chem. C 2016, 120 (49), 28074–28082.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.jpcc.6b09911.
(149) Smentkowski, V. S.; Zorn, G.; Misner, A.; Parthasarathy, G.; Couture, A.; Tallarek,
E.; Hagenhoff, B. ToF-SIMS Depth Profiling of Organic Solar Cell Layers Using an Ar
Cluster Ion Source. Journal of Vacuum Science & Technology A 2013, 31 (3), 030601.
https://doi.org/10.1116/1.4793730.
(150) Kosco, J.; Sachs, M.; Godin, R.; Kirkus, M.; Francas, L.; Bidwell, M.; Qureshi, M.;
Anjum, D.; Durrant, J. R.; McCulloch, I. The Effect of Residual Palladium Catalyst
Contamination on the Photocatalytic Hydrogen Evolution Activity of Conjugated
Polymers.
Advanced
Energy
Materials
2018,
8
(34),
1802181.
https://doi.org/10.1002/aenm.201802181.
204
(151) Sachs, M.; Cha, H.; Kosco, J.; Aitchison, C. M.; Francàs, L.; Corby, S.; Chiang, C.L.; Wilson, A. A.; Godin, R.; Fahey-Williams, A.; Cooper, A. I.; Sprick, R. S.;
McCulloch, I.; Durrant, J. R. Tracking Charge Transfer to Residual Metal Clusters in
Conjugated Polymers for Photocatalytic Hydrogen Evolution. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2020,
142 (34), 14574–14587. https://doi.org/10.1021/jacs.0c06104.
(152) Thomas, E. M.; Davidson, E. C.; Katsumata, R.; Segalman, R. A.; Chabinyc, M. L.
Branched Side Chains Govern Counterion Position and Doping Mechanism in
Conjugated Polythiophenes. ACS Macro Lett. 2018, 7 (12), 1492–1497.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acsmacrolett.8b00778.
(153) Patel, S. N.; Glaudell, A. M.; Kiefer, D.; Chabinyc, M. L. Increasing the
Thermoelectric Power Factor of a Semiconducting Polymer by Doping from the Vapor
Phase.
ACS
Macro
Lett.
2016,
5
(3),
268–272.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acsmacrolett.5b00887.
(154) Kroon, R.; Hofmann, A. I.; Yu, L.; Lund, A.; Müller, C. Thermally Activated in Situ
Doping Enables Solid-State Processing of Conducting Polymers. Chem. Mater. 2019, 31
(8), 2770–2777. https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.chemmater.8b04895.
(155) Treat, N. D.; Mates, T. E.; Hawker, C. J.; Kramer, E. J.; Chabinyc, M. L. Temperature
Dependence of the Diffusion Coefficient of PCBM in Poly(3-Hexylthiophene).
Macromolecules 2013, 46 (3), 1002–1007. https://doi.org/10.1021/ma302337p.
(156) Berriman, G. A.; Holdsworth, J. L.; Zhou, X.; Belcher, W. J.; Dastoor, P. C. Molecular
versus Crystallite PCBM Diffusion in P3HT:PCBM Blends. AIP Advances 2015, 5 (9),
097220. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.4932212.
(157) Cussler, E. L.; Cussler, E. L. Diffusion: Mass Transfer in Fluid Systems; Cambridge
university press, 2009.
(158) Moulton, J.; Smith, P. Electrical and Mechanical Properties of Oriented Poly(3Alkylthiophenes): 2. Effect of Side-Chain Length. Polymer 1992, 33 (11), 2340–2347.
https://doi.org/10.1016/0032-3861(92)90525-2.
(159) Hynynen, J.; Järsvall, E.; Kroon, R.; Zhang, Y.; Barlow, S.; Marder, S. R.; Kemerink,
M.; Lund, A.; Müller, C. Enhanced Thermoelectric Power Factor of Tensile Drawn
Poly(3-Hexylthiophene).
ACS
Macro
Lett.
2019,
8
(1),
70–76.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acsmacrolett.8b00820.
(160) Dudenko, D.; Kiersnowski, A.; Shu, J.; Pisula, W.; Sebastiani, D.; Spiess, H. W.;
Hansen, M. R. A Strategy for Revealing the Packing in Semicrystalline π-Conjugated
Polymers: Crystal Structure of Bulk Poly-3-Hexyl-Thiophene (P3HT). Angewandte
Chemie
International
Edition
2012,
51
(44),
11068–11072.
https://doi.org/10.1002/anie.201205075.
(161) Hofmann, A. I.; Kroon, R.; Yu, L.; Müller, C. Highly Stable Doping of a Polar
Polythiophene through Co-Processing with Sulfonic Acids and Bistriflimide. J. Mater.
Chem. C 2018, 6 (26), 6905–6910. https://doi.org/10.1039/C8TC01593G.
(162) Thomas, E. Operando X-Ray Scattering Reveals Ion-Induced Structural Changes
During Electrochemical Gating of Poly(3-Hexylthiophene), 2018.
(163) Liu, W.; Müller, L.; Ma, S.; Barlow, S.; Marder, S. R.; Kowalsky, W.; Köhn, A.;
Lovrincic, R. Origin of the π–π Spacing Change upon Doping of Semiconducting
Polymers.
J.
Phys.
Chem.
C
2018,
122
(49),
27983–27990.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.jpcc.8b10845.
205
(164) Joseph Kline, R.; McGehee, M. D.; Toney, M. F. Highly Oriented Crystals at the
Buried Interface in Polythiophene Thin-Film Transistors. Nature Mater 2006, 5 (3), 222–
228. https://doi.org/10.1038/nmat1590.
(165) Jiang, Z.; Lee, D. R.; Narayanan, S.; Wang, J.; Sinha, S. K. Waveguide-Enhanced
Grazing-Incidence Small-Angle x-Ray Scattering of Buried Nanostructures in Thin
Films. Phys. Rev. B 2011, 84 (7), 075440. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevB.84.075440.
(166) Gann, E.; Caironi, M.; Noh, Y.-Y.; Kim, Y.-H.; McNeill, C. R. Diffractive X-Ray
Waveguiding Reveals Orthogonal Crystalline Stratification in Conjugated Polymer Thin
Films.
Macromolecules
2018,
51
(8),
2979–2987.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.macromol.8b00168.
(167) Factor, B. J.; Russell, T. P.; Toney, M. F. Grazing Incidence X-Ray Scattering Studies
of Thin Films of an Aromatic Polyimide. Macromolecules 1993, 26 (11), 2847–2859.
https://doi.org/10.1021/ma00063a033.
(168) Qian, W.; Texter, J.; Yan, F. Frontiers in Poly(Ionic Liquid)s: Syntheses and
Applications.
Chem.
Soc.
Rev.
2017,
46
(4),
1124–1159.
https://doi.org/10.1039/C6CS00620E.
(169) Ding, L.; Shi, J.; Yang, C.; Dong, S. Ionic Conductivity of Solid Polymer Electrolytes
Based on Modified Alternating Maleic Anhydride Copolymer with Oligo(Oxyethylene)
Side Chains. Polym. J. 1997, 29 (5), 410–416. https://doi.org/10.1295/polymj.29.410.
(170) Andreozzi, L.; Galli, G.; Giordano, M.; Zulli, F. A Rheological Investigation of
Entanglement in Side-Chain Liquid-Crystalline Azobenzene Polymethacrylates.
Macromolecules 2013, 46 (12), 5003–5017. https://doi.org/10.1021/ma400260n.
(171) Tong, X.; Wang, G.; Soldera, A.; Zhao, Y. How Can Azobenzene Block Copolymer
Vesicles Be Dissociated and Reformed by Light? J. Phys. Chem. B 2005, 109 (43),
20281–20287. https://doi.org/10.1021/jp0524274.
(172) Kumar, G. S.; Neckers, D. C. Photochemistry of Azobenzene-Containing Polymers.
Chem. Rev. 1989, 89 (8), 1915–1925. https://doi.org/10.1021/cr00098a012.
(173) Norikane, Y.; Uchida, E.; Tanaka, S.; Fujiwara, K.; Koyama, E.; Azumi, R.; Akiyama,
H.; Kihara, H.; Yoshida, M. Photoinduced Crystal-to-Liquid Phase Transitions of
Azobenzene Derivatives and Their Application in Photolithography Processes through a
Solid–Liquid
Patterning.
Org.
Lett.
2014,
16
(19),
5012–5015.
https://doi.org/10.1021/ol502223u.
(174) Nakayama, K.; Jiang, L.; Iyoda, T.; Hashimoto, K.; Fujishima, A. Photo-Induced
Structural Transformation on the Surface of Azobenzene Crystals. Jpn. J. Appl. Phys.
1997, 36 (6S), 3898. https://doi.org/10.1143/JJAP.36.3898.
(175) Bléger, D.; Schwarz, J.; Brouwer, A. M.; Hecht, S. O-Fluoroazobenzenes as Readily
Synthesized Photoswitches Offering Nearly Quantitative Two-Way Isomerization with
Visible Light. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2012, 134 (51), 20597–20600.
https://doi.org/10.1021/ja310323y.
(176) Scheuermann, A. M.; Wakidi, H.; Lill, A. T.; Oh, S.; Llanes, L. C.; D’Ambra, C. A.;
Antoine, S.; Wang, M.; Chabinyc, M. L.; Nguyen, T.-Q.; Read de Alaniz, J.; Bates, C.
M. Multiwavelength Photodetectors Based on an Azobenzene Polymeric Ionic Liquid.
ACS
Appl.
Polym.
Mater.
2021,
3
(10),
5125–5133.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acsapm.1c00884.
(177) Li, Z.; Yuan, X.; Feng, Y.; Chen, Y.; Zhao, Y.; Wang, H.; Xu, Q.; Wang, J. A
Reversible Conductivity Modulation of Azobenzene-Based Ionic Liquids in Aqueous
206
Solutions Using UV/Vis Light. Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys. 2018, 20 (18), 12808–12816.
https://doi.org/10.1039/C8CP01617H.
(178) Kang, N.; Li, P.; Tan, S.; Wang, C. Azobenzene Based Inorganic Salts for Light
Modulated Ionic Conductivity in Aqueous Solution. Soft Matter 2019, 15 (40), 7992–
7995. https://doi.org/10.1039/C9SM01411J.
(179) Wei, S.; Zhang, Z.; Dong, W.; Liang, T.; Ji, J.; Tian, W.; Tan, S.; Zhao, Q.; Wang, C.;
Wu, Y. Specific Ion Effects of Azobenzene Salts on Photoresponse of PNIPAm in
Aqueous Solutions. Macromol. Rapid Commun. 2021, 42 (16), 2100232.
https://doi.org/10.1002/marc.202100232.
(180) Ichimura, K. Reversible Photoisomerisability and Particle Size Changes of MillDispersed Azobenzene Crystals in Water. Chem. Commun. 2009, No. 12, 1496–1498.
https://doi.org/10.1039/B820022J.
(181) Yamamoto, T.; Norikane, Y.; Akiyama, H. Photochemical Liquefaction and Softening
in Molecular Materials, Polymers, and Related Compounds. Polym. J. 2018, 50 (8), 551–
562. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41428-018-0064-4.
(182) Zhou, H.; Xue, C.; Weis, P.; Suzuki, Y.; Huang, S.; Koynov, K.; Auernhammer, G.
K.; Berger, R.; Butt, H.-J.; Wu, S. Photoswitching of Glass Transition Temperatures of
Azobenzene-Containing Polymers Induces Reversible Solid-to-Liquid Transitions. Nat.
Chem. 2017, 9 (2), 145–151. https://doi.org/10.1038/nchem.2625.
(183) Shang, C.; Xiong, Z.; Liu, S.; Yu, W. Molecular Dynamics of Azobenzene Polymer
with Photoreversible Glass Transition. Macromolecules 2022, 55 (9), 3711–3722.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.macromol.2c00073.
(184) Nanasawa, M.; Nishiyama, T.; Kamogawa, H. Synthesis and Photoregulated Metal
Coordination of Azobenzene Polymer Having Ion Binding Sites. Polym. J. 1991, 23 (2),
127–134. https://doi.org/10.1295/polymj.23.127.
(185) Nanasawa, M.; Horikago, Y.; Hirai, M. Photo-Regulated Metal Coordination of
Azobenzene Polymer Having Sterically Controlled Ion Binding Sites. Polym. Bull. 1995,
35 (1), 103–108. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00312900.
(186) Yang, Y.; Hughes, R. P.; Aprahamian, I. Near-Infrared Light Activated Azo-BF2
Switches.
J.
Am.
Chem.
Soc.
2014,
136
(38),
13190–13193.
https://doi.org/10.1021/ja508125n.
(187) Tylkowski, B.; Jastrząb, R.; Skrobańska, M. Photo-Sensitive Complexes Based on
Azobenzene. Physical Sciences Reviews 2016, 1 (4). https://doi.org/10.1515/psr-20160002.
(188) Bazhenova, T. A.; Emelyanova, N. S.; Shestakov, A. F.; Shilov, A. E.; Antipin, M.
Yu.; Lyssenko, K. A. Molecular Structure and Reactions of Azobenzene Complexes with
Iron-Lithium Compounds. Inorganica Chimica Acta 1998, 280 (1), 288–294.
https://doi.org/10.1016/S0020-1693(98)00177-7.
(189) Oka, Y.; Tamaoki, N. Structure of Silver(I) Complex Prepared from
Azobenzenonaphthalenophane, Photochemical Coordination Change of Silver(I) and
Silver(I)-Induced Acceleration of Z−E Thermal Isomerization of Azobenzene Unit.
Inorg. Chem. 2010, 49 (11), 4765–4767. https://doi.org/10.1021/ic100317p.
(190) Markiewicz, G.; Walczak, A.; Perlitius, F.; Piasecka, M.; M. Harrowfield, J.;
R. Stefankiewicz, A. Photoswitchable Transition Metal Complexes with AzobenzeneFunctionalized Imine-Based Ligands: Structural and Kinetic Analysis. Dalton
Transactions 2018, 47 (40), 14254–14262. https://doi.org/10.1039/C8DT00590G.
207
(191) Yamamura, M.; Yamakawa, K.; Okazaki, Y.; Nabeshima, T. Coordination-Driven
Macrocyclization for Locking of Photo- and Thermal Cis→trans Isomerization of
Azobenzene. Chemistry – A European Journal 2014, 20 (49), 16258–16265.
https://doi.org/10.1002/chem.201404620.
(192) Tazuke, S.; Kurihara, S.; Ikeda, T. Amplified Image Recording in Liquid Crystal
Media by Means of Photochemically Triggered Phase Transition. Chem. Lett. 1987, 16
(5), 911–914. https://doi.org/10.1246/cl.1987.911.
(193) Weis, P.; Wu, S. Light‐Switchable Azobenzene‐Containing Macromolecules: From
UV to Near Infrared. Macromol. Rapid Commun. 2018, 39 (1), 1700220.
https://doi.org/10.1002/marc.201700220.
(194) Theato, P. Synthesis of Well-Defined Polymeric Activated Esters. J. Polym. Sci. A
Polym. Chem. 2008, 46 (20), 6677–6687. https://doi.org/10.1002/pola.22994.
(195) Suga, T.; Aoki, K.; Yashiro, T.; Nishide, H. “Click” Incorporation of Radical/Ionic
Sites into a Reactive Block Copolymer: A Facile and On-Demand Domain
Functionalization Approach toward Organic Resistive Memory. Macromol. Rapid
Commun. 2016, 37 (1), 53–59. https://doi.org/10.1002/marc.201500492.
(196) Bandara, H. M. D.; Burdette, S. C. Photoisomerization in Different Classes of
Azobenzene.
Chem.
Soc.
Rev.
2012,
41
(5),
1809–1825.
https://doi.org/10.1039/C1CS15179G.
(197) Dyck, R. H.; McClure, D. S. Ultraviolet Spectra of Stilbene, p‐Monohalogen
Stilbenes, and Azobenzene and the Trans to Cis Photoisomerization Process. J. Chem.
Phys. 1962, 36 (9), 2326–2345. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1732885.
(198) Yue, Y.; Norikane, Y.; Azumi, R.; Koyama, E. Light-Induced Mechanical Response
in Crosslinked Liquid-Crystalline Polymers with Photoswitchable Glass Transition
Temperatures. Nat Commun 2018, 9 (1), 3234. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-01805744-x.
(199) Kuenstler, A. S.; Clark, K. D.; Read de Alaniz, J.; Hayward, R. C. Reversible
Actuation via Photoisomerization-Induced Melting of a Semicrystalline
Poly(Azobenzene).
ACS
Macro
Lett.
2020,
9
(6),
902–909.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acsmacrolett.0c00328.
(200) Vetráková, L.; Ladányi, V.; Al Anshori, J.; Dvořák, P.; Wirz, J.; Heger, D. The
Absorption Spectrum of Cis-Azobenzene. Photochem Photobiol Sci 2017, 16 (12),
1749–1756. https://doi.org/10.1039/c7pp00314e.
(201) Weis, P.; Tian, W.; Wu, S. Photoinduced Liquefaction of Azobenzene-Containing
Polymers. Chemistry – A European Journal 2018, 24 (25), 6494–6505.
https://doi.org/10.1002/chem.201704162.
(202) Ishiba, K.; Morikawa, M.; Chikara, C.; Iwase, K.; Kawakita, M.; Kimizuka, N.
Photoliquefiable Ionic Crystals: A Phase Crossover Approach for Photon Energy Storage
Materials with Functional Multiplicity. 2015, 54 (5), 1532–1536.
(203) Stumpel, J. E.; Liu, D.; Broer, D. J.; Schenning, A. P. H. J. Photoswitchable Hydrogel
Surface Topographies by Polymerisation-Induced Diffusion. Eur. J. Chem. 2013, 19
(33), 10922–10927. https://doi.org/10.1002/chem.201300852.
(204) Das, A.; Theato, P. Multifaceted Synthetic Route to Functional Polyacrylates by
Transesterification of Poly(Pentafluorophenyl Acrylates). Macromolecules 2015, 48
(24), 8695–8707. https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.macromol.5b02293.
208
(205) Jaacks, V. Novel Method of Determination of Reactivity Ratios in Binary and Ternary
Copolymerizations.
Makromol.
Chem.
1972,
161
(1),
161–172.
https://doi.org/10.1002/macp.1972.021610110.
(206) Sharon, D.; Bennington, P.; Liu, C.; Kambe, Y.; Dong, B. X.; Burnett, V. F.; Dolejsi,
M.; Grocke, G.; Patel, S. N.; Nealey, P. F. Interrogation of Electrochemical Properties
of Polymer Electrolyte Thin Films with Interdigitated Electrodes. J. Electrochem. Soc.
2018, 165 (16), H1028. https://doi.org/10.1149/2.0291816jes.
(207) Tong, X.; Pelletier, M.; Lasia, A.; Zhao, Y. Fast Cis–Trans Isomerization of an
Azobenzene Derivative in Liquids and Liquid Crystals under a Low Electric Field.
Angewandte Chemie International Edition 2008, 47 (19), 3596–3599.
https://doi.org/10.1002/anie.200705699.
(208) Goulet-Hanssens, A.; Utecht, M.; Mutruc, D.; Titov, E.; Schwarz, J.; Grubert, L.;
Bléger, D.; Saalfrank, P.; Hecht, S. Electrocatalytic Z → E Isomerization of
Azobenzenes.
J.
Am.
Chem.
Soc.
2017,
139
(1),
335–341.
https://doi.org/10.1021/jacs.6b10822.
(209) Arkhipov, V. I.; Heremans, P.; Emelianova, E. V.; Bässler, H. Effect of Doping on the
Density-of-States Distribution and Carrier Hopping in Disordered Organic
Semiconductors.
Phys.
Rev.
B
2005,
71
(4),
045214.
https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevB.71.045214.
(210) Litofsky, J. H.; Lee, Y.; Aplan, M. P.; Kuei, B.; Hexemer, A.; Wang, C.; Wang, Q.;
Gomez, E. D. Polarized Soft X-Ray Scattering Reveals Chain Orientation within
Nanoscale Polymer Domains. Macromolecules 2019, 52 (7), 2803–2813.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.macromol.8b02198.
(211) Jacobs, I. E.; D’Avino, G.; Lemaur, V.; Lin, Y.; Huang, Y.; Chen, C.; Harrelson, T.
F.; Wood, W.; Spalek, L. J.; Mustafa, T.; O’Keefe, C. A.; Ren, X.; Simatos, D.; Tjhe,
D.; Statz, M.; Strzalka, J. W.; Lee, J.-K.; McCulloch, I.; Fratini, S.; Beljonne, D.;
Sirringhaus, H. Structural and Dynamic Disorder, Not Ionic Trapping, Controls Charge
Transport in Highly Doped Conducting Polymers. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2022, 144 (7),
3005–3019. https://doi.org/10.1021/jacs.1c10651.
(212) Lim, E.; Glaudell, A. M.; Miller, R.; Chabinyc, M. L. The Role of Ordering on the
Thermoelectric Properties of Blends of Regioregular and Regiorandom Poly(3Hexylthiophene). Advanced Electronic Materials 2019, 5 (11), 1800915.
https://doi.org/10.1002/aelm.201800915.
(213) Rivnay, J.; Noriega, R.; Kline, R. J.; Salleo, A.; Toney, M. F. Quantitative Analysis of
Lattice Disorder and Crystallite Size in Organic Semiconductor Thin Films. Phys. Rev.
B 2011, 84 (4), 045203. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevB.84.045203.
(214) Watts, K. E.; Neelamraju, B.; Ratcliff, E. L.; Pemberton, J. E. Stability of Charge
Transfer States in F4TCNQ-Doped P3HT. Chem. Mater. 2019, 31 (17), 6986–6994.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.chemmater.9b01549.
(215) Valencia, A. M.; Cocchi, C. Electronic and Optical Properties of OligothiopheneF4TCNQ Charge-Transfer Complexes: The Role of the Donor Conjugation Length. J.
Phys. Chem. C 2019, 123 (14), 9617–9623. https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.jpcc.9b01390.
(216) Neelamraju, B.; Watts, K. E.; Pemberton, J. E.; Ratcliff, E. L. Correlation of
Coexistent Charge Transfer States in F4TCNQ-Doped P3HT with Microstructure. J.
Phys. Chem. Lett. 2018, 9 (23), 6871–6877. https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.jpclett.8b03104.
209
(217) Untilova, V.; Zeng, H.; Durand, P.; Herrmann, L.; Leclerc, N.; Brinkmann, M.
Intercalation and Ordering of F6TCNNQ and F4TCNQ Dopants in Regioregular Poly(3Hexylthiophene) Crystals: Impact on Anisotropic Thermoelectric Properties of Oriented
Thin
Films.
Macromolecules
2021,
54
(13),
6073–6084.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.macromol.1c00554.
(218) Giridharagopal, R.; Flagg, L. Q.; Harrison, J. S.; Ziffer, M. E.; Onorato, J.; Luscombe,
C. K.; Ginger, D. S. Electrochemical Strain Microscopy Probes Morphology-Induced
Variations in Ion Uptake and Performance in Organic Electrochemical Transistors.
Nature Mater 2017, 16 (7), 737–742. https://doi.org/10.1038/nmat4918.
(219) Flagg, L. Q.; Onorato, J. W.; Luscombe, C. K.; Bhat, V.; Risko, C.; Levy-Wendt, B.;
Toney, M. F.; McNeill, C. R.; Freychet, G.; Zhernenkov, M.; Li, R.; Richter, L. J.
Resonant X-Ray Diffraction Reveals the Location of Counterions in Doped Organic
Mixed Ionic Conductors. Chem. Mater. 2023, 35 (10), 3960–3967.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.chemmater.3c00180.
(220) Jackson, S. R.; Kingsford, R. L.; Collins, G. W.; Bischak, C. G. Crystallinity
Determines Ion Injection Kinetics and Local Ion Density in Organic Mixed Conductors.
Chem. Mater. 2023. https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.chemmater.3c00657.
(221) Scholes, D. T.; Yee, P. Y.; Lindemuth, J. R.; Kang, H.; Onorato, J.; Ghosh, R.;
Luscombe, C. K.; Spano, F. C.; Tolbert, S. H.; Schwartz, B. J. The Effects of
Crystallinity on Charge Transport and the Structure of Sequentially Processed F4TCNQDoped Conjugated Polymer Films. Advanced Functional Materials 2017, 27 (44),
1702654. https://doi.org/10.1002/adfm.201702654.
(222) Duong, D. T.; Wang, C.; Antono, E.; Toney, M. F.; Salleo, A. The Chemical and
Structural Origin of Efficient P-Type Doping in P3HT. Organic Electronics 2013, 14
(5), 1330–1336. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.orgel.2013.02.028.
(223) Gao, J.; Niles, E. T.; Grey, J. K. Aggregates Promote Efficient Charge Transfer
Doping of Poly(3-Hexylthiophene). J. Phys. Chem. Lett. 2013, 4 (17), 2953–2957.
https://doi.org/10.1021/jz401555x.
(224) Harris, J. K.; Neelamraju, B.; Ratcliff, E. L. Intersystem Subpopulation Charge
Transfer and Conformational Relaxation Preceding in Situ Conductivity in
Electrochemically Doped Poly(3-Hexylthiophene) Electrodes. Chem. Mater. 2019, 31
(17), 6870–6879. https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.chemmater.9b01298.
(225) Cochran, J. E.; Junk, M. J. N.; Glaudell, A. M.; Miller, P. L.; Cowart, J. S.; Toney, M.
F.; Hawker, C. J.; Chmelka, B. F.; Chabinyc, M. L. Molecular Interactions and Ordering
in Electrically Doped Polymers: Blends of PBTTT and F4TCNQ. Macromolecules 2014,
47 (19), 6836–6846. https://doi.org/10.1021/ma501547h.
(226) Jacobs, I. E.; Lin, Y.; Huang, Y.; Ren, X.; Simatos, D.; Chen, C.; Tjhe, D.; Statz, M.;
Lai, L.; Finn, P. A.; Neal, W. G.; D’Avino, G.; Lemaur, V.; Fratini, S.; Beljonne, D.;
Strzalka, J.; Nielsen, C. B.; Barlow, S.; Marder, S. R.; McCulloch, I.; Sirringhaus, H.
High-Efficiency Ion-Exchange Doping of Conducting Polymers. Advanced Materials
2022, 34 (22), 2102988. https://doi.org/10.1002/adma.202102988.
(227) Untilova, V.; Biskup, T.; Biniek, L.; Vijayakumar, V.; Brinkmann, M. Control of
Chain Alignment and Crystallization Helps Enhance Charge Conductivities and
Thermoelectric Power Factors in Sequentially Doped P3HT:F4TCNQ Films.
Macromolecules
2020,
53
(7),
2441–2453.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.macromol.9b02389.
210
(228) Hynynen, J.; Kiefer, D.; Müller, C. Influence of Crystallinity on the Thermoelectric
Power Factor of P3HT Vapour-Doped with F4TCNQ. RSC Advances 2018, 8 (3), 1593–
1599. https://doi.org/10.1039/C7RA11912G.
(229) Collins, B. A.; Gann, E. Resonant Soft X-Ray Scattering in Polymer Science. Journal
of Polymer Science 2022, 60 (7), 1199–1243. https://doi.org/10.1002/pol.20210414.
(230) Freychet, G.; Chantler, P.; Huang, Y.; Tan, W. L.; Zhernenkov, M.; Nayak, N.; Kumar,
A.; Gilhooly-Finn, P. A.; Nielsen, C. B.; Thomsen, L.; Roychoudhury, S.; Sirringhaus,
H.; Prendergast, D.; McNeill, C. R. Resolving the Backbone Tilt of Crystalline Poly(3Hexylthiophene) with Resonant Tender X-Ray Diffraction. Mater. Horiz. 2022, 9 (6),
1649–1657. https://doi.org/10.1039/D2MH00244B.
(231) Saurabh, K.; Dudenas, P. J.; Gann, E.; Reynolds, V. G.; Mukherjee, S.; Sunday, D.;
Martin, T. B.; Beaucage, P. A.; Chabinyc, M. L.; DeLongchamp, D. M.; Krishnamurthy,
A.; Ganapathysubramanian, B. CyRSoXS: A GPU-Accelerated Virtual Instrument for
Polarized Resonant Soft X-Ray Scattering (p-RSoXS). arXiv September 26, 2022.
https://doi.org/10.48550/arXiv.2209.13121.
(232) Reynolds, V. G.; Callan, D. H.; Saurabh, K.; Murphy, E. A.; Albanese, K. R.; Chen,
Y.-Q.; Wu, C.; Gann, E.; Hawker, C. J.; Ganapathysubramanian, B.; Bates, C. M.;
Chabinyc, M. L. Simulation-Guided Analysis of Resonant Soft X-Ray Scattering for
Determining the Microstructure of Triblock Copolymers. Mol. Syst. Des. Eng. 2022, 7
(11), 1449–1458. https://doi.org/10.1039/D2ME00096B.
(233) Litofsky, J. H.; Gomez, E. D. Connecting Soft X-Ray Anisotropy with Local Order in
Conjugated Polymers. MRS Communications 2019, 9 (4), 1168–1173.
https://doi.org/10.1557/mrc.2019.119.
(234) McCulloch, B.; Ho, V.; Hoarfrost, M.; Stanley, C.; Do, C.; Heller, W. T.; Segalman,
R. A. Polymer Chain Shape of Poly(3-Alkylthiophenes) in Solution Using Small-Angle
Neutron
Scattering.
Macromolecules
2013,
46
(5),
1899–1907.
https://doi.org/10.1021/ma302463d.
(235) Nagai, M.; Huang, J.; Zhou, T.; Huang, W. Effect of Molecular Weight on
Conformational Characteristics of Poly(3-Hexyl Thiophene). Journal of Polymer
Science
Part
B:
Polymer
Physics
2017,
55
(17),
1273–1277.
https://doi.org/10.1002/polb.24389.
(236) Clark, J.; Chang, J.-F.; Spano, F. C.; Friend, R. H.; Silva, C. Determining Exciton
Bandwidth and Film Microstructure in Polythiophene Films Using Linear Absorption
Spectroscopy.
Appl.
Phys.
Lett.
2009,
94
(16),
163306.
https://doi.org/10.1063/1.3110904.
(237) Yamashita, Y.; Tsurumi, J.; Ohno, M.; Fujimoto, R.; Kumagai, S.; Kurosawa, T.;
Okamoto, T.; Takeya, J.; Watanabe, S. Efficient Molecular Doping of Polymeric
Semiconductors Driven by Anion Exchange. Nature 2019, 572 (7771), 634–638.
https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-019-1504-9.
(238) Murrey, T. L.; Riley, M. A.; Gonel, G.; Antonio, D. D.; Filardi, L.; Shevchenko, N.;
Mascal, M.; Moulé, A. J. Anion Exchange Doping: Tuning Equilibrium to Increase
Doping Efficiency in Semiconducting Polymers. J. Phys. Chem. Lett. 2021, 12 (4),
1284–1289. https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.jpclett.0c03620.
(239) E, G.; B.a, C.; M, T.; J.r, T.; S, M.; H, A. Origins of Polarization-Dependent
Anisotropic X-Ray Scattering from Organic Thin Films. Journal of Synchrotron
Radiation 2016, 23 (1), 219–227. https://doi.org/10.1107/S1600577515019074.
211
(240) Collins, B. A.; Cochran, J. E.; Yan, H.; Gann, E.; Hub, C.; Fink, R.; Wang, C.;
Schuettfort, T.; McNeill, C. R.; Chabinyc, M. L.; Ade, H. Polarized X-Ray Scattering
Reveals Non-Crystalline Orientational Ordering in Organic Films. Nature Mater 2012,
11 (6), 536–543. https://doi.org/10.1038/nmat3310.
(241) Mukherjee, S.; Gann, E.; Nahid, M. M.; McAfee, T.; Herzing, A. A.; DeLongchamp,
D. M.; Ade, H. Orientational Ordering within Semiconducting Polymer Fibrils.
Advanced
Functional
Materials
2021,
31
(28),
2102522.
https://doi.org/10.1002/adfm.202102522.
(242) Su, G. M.; Patel, S. N.; Pemmaraju, C. D.; Prendergast, D.; Chabinyc, M. L. FirstPrinciples Predictions of Near-Edge X-Ray Absorption Fine Structure Spectra of
Semiconducting Polymers. J. Phys. Chem. C 2017, 121 (17), 9142–9152.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.jpcc.7b01353.
(243) Ferron, T.; Pope, M.; Collins, B. A. Spectral Analysis for Resonant Soft X-Ray
Scattering Enables Measurement of Interfacial Width in 3D Organic Nanostructures.
Phys.
Rev.
Lett.
2017,
119
(16),
167801.
https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.119.167801.
(244) Nahid, M. M.; Gann, E.; Thomsen, L.; McNeill, C. R. NEXAFS Spectroscopy of
Conjugated Polymers. European Polymer Journal 2016, 81, 532–554.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eurpolymj.2016.01.017.
(245) Watts, B.; Swaraj, S.; Nordlund, D.; Lüning, J.; Ade, H. Calibrated NEXAFS Spectra
of Common Conjugated Polymers. J. Chem. Phys. 2011, 134 (2), 024702.
https://doi.org/10.1063/1.3506636.
(246) Gann, E.; Collins, B. A.; Tang, M.; Tumbleston, J. R.; Mukherjee, S.; Ade, H. Origins
of Polarization-Dependent Anisotropic X-Ray Scattering from Organic Thin Films. J
Synchrotron Rad 2016, 23 (1), 219–227. https://doi.org/10.1107/S1600577515019074.
(247) Wang, C.-H.; Mukherjee, S.; Maidul Islam, A. K. M.; Yang, Y.-W.; Mukherjee, M.
Role of Interfacial Interaction in Orientation of Poly(N-Isopropylacrylamide) Chains on
Silicon
Substrate.
Macromolecules
2011,
44
(14),
5750–5757.
https://doi.org/10.1021/ma200614w.
(248) O’Connor, B.; Kline, R. J.; Conrad, B. R.; Richter, L. J.; Gundlach, D.; Toney, M. F.;
DeLongchamp, D. M. Anisotropic Structure and Charge Transport in Highly StrainAligned Regioregular Poly(3-Hexylthiophene). Advanced Functional Materials 2011,
21 (19), 3697–3705. https://doi.org/10.1002/adfm.201100904.
(249) Spano, F. C. Modeling Disorder in Polymer Aggregates: The Optical Spectroscopy of
Regioregular Poly (3-Hexylthiophene) Thin Films. The Journal of chemical physics
2005, 122 (23), 234701.
(250) Spano, F. C. Absorption in Regio-Regular Poly(3-Hexyl)Thiophene Thin Films:
Fermi Resonances, Interband Coupling and Disorder. Chemical Physics 2006, 325 (1),
22–35. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chemphys.2005.08.019.
(251) Ilavsky, J. Nika: Software for Two-Dimensional Data Reduction. J Appl Cryst 2012,
45 (2), 324–328. https://doi.org/10.1107/S0021889812004037.
(252) Gann, E.; Crofts, T.; Holland, G.; Beaucage, P.; McAfee, T.; Kline, R. J.; Collins, B.
A.; McNeill, C. R.; Fischer, D. A.; DeLongchamp, D. M. A NIST Facility for Resonant
Soft X-Ray Scattering Measuring Nano-Scale Soft Matter Structure at NSLS-II. J. Phys.:
Condens. Matter 2021, 33 (16), 164001. https://doi.org/10.1088/1361-648X/abdffb.
212
(253) Kieffer, J.; Valls, V.; Blanc, N.; Hennig, C. New Tools for Calibrating Diffraction
Setups.
J
Synchrotron
Rad
2020,
27
(2),
558–566.
https://doi.org/10.1107/S1600577520000776.
(254) Bunău, O.; Calandra, M. Projector Augmented Wave Calculation of X-Ray
Absorption Spectra at the ${L}_{2,3}$ Edges. Phys. Rev. B 2013, 87 (20), 205105.
https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevB.87.205105.
(255) Gougoussis, C.; Calandra, M.; Seitsonen, A. P.; Mauri, F. First-Principles Calculations
of x-Ray Absorption in a Scheme Based on Ultrasoft Pseudopotentials: From
$\ensuremath{\alpha}$-Quartz to High-${T}_{c}$ Compounds. Phys. Rev. B 2009, 80
(7), 075102. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevB.80.075102.
(256) Taillefumier, M.; Cabaret, D.; Flank, A.-M.; Mauri, F. X-Ray Absorption near-Edge
Structure Calculations with the Pseudopotentials: Application to the K Edge in Diamond
and $\ensuremath{\alpha}$-Quartz. Phys. Rev. B 2002, 66 (19), 195107.
https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevB.66.195107.
(257) Giannozzi, P.; Baroni, S.; Bonini, N.; Calandra, M.; Car, R.; Cavazzoni, C.; Ceresoli,
D.; Chiarotti, G. L.; Cococcioni, M.; Dabo, I.; Corso, A. D.; Gironcoli, S. de; Fabris, S.;
Fratesi, G.; Gebauer, R.; Gerstmann, U.; Gougoussis, C.; Kokalj, A.; Lazzeri, M.;
Martin-Samos, L.; Marzari, N.; Mauri, F.; Mazzarello, R.; Paolini, S.; Pasquarello, A.;
Paulatto, L.; Sbraccia, C.; Scandolo, S.; Sclauzero, G.; Seitsonen, A. P.; Smogunov, A.;
Umari, P.; Wentzcovitch, R. M. QUANTUM ESPRESSO: A Modular and Open-Source
Software Project for Quantum Simulations of Materials. J. Phys.: Condens. Matter 2009,
21 (39), 395502. https://doi.org/10.1088/0953-8984/21/39/395502.
(258) Giannozzi, P.; Andreussi, O.; Brumme, T.; Bunau, O.; Nardelli, M. B.; Calandra, M.;
Car, R.; Cavazzoni, C.; Ceresoli, D.; Cococcioni, M.; Colonna, N.; Carnimeo, I.; Corso,
A. D.; Gironcoli, S. de; Delugas, P.; DiStasio, R. A.; Ferretti, A.; Floris, A.; Fratesi, G.;
Fugallo, G.; Gebauer, R.; Gerstmann, U.; Giustino, F.; Gorni, T.; Jia, J.; Kawamura, M.;
Ko, H.-Y.; Kokalj, A.; Küçükbenli, E.; Lazzeri, M.; Marsili, M.; Marzari, N.; Mauri, F.;
Nguyen, N. L.; Nguyen, H.-V.; Otero-de-la-Roza, A.; Paulatto, L.; Poncé, S.; Rocca, D.;
Sabatini, R.; Santra, B.; Schlipf, M.; Seitsonen, A. P.; Smogunov, A.; Timrov, I.;
Thonhauser, T.; Umari, P.; Vast, N.; Wu, X.; Baroni, S. Advanced Capabilities for
Materials Modelling with Quantum ESPRESSO. J. Phys.: Condens. Matter 2017, 29
(46), 465901. https://doi.org/10.1088/1361-648X/aa8f79.
(259) Zhugayevych, A.; Mazaleva, O.; Naumov, A.; Tretiak, S. Lowest-Energy Crystalline
Polymorphs of P3HT. J. Phys. Chem. C 2018, 122 (16), 9141–9151.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.jpcc.7b11271.
(260) Watts, B. Calculation of the Kramers-Kronig Transform of X-Ray Spectra by a
Piecewise Laurent Polynomial Method. Opt. Express, OE 2014, 22 (19), 23628–23639.
https://doi.org/10.1364/OE.22.023628.
(261) Gann, E.; McNeill, C. R.; Tadich, A.; Cowie, B. C. C.; Thomsen, L. Quick AS
NEXAFS Tool (QANT): A Program for NEXAFS Loading and Analysis Developed at
the Australian Synchrotron. Journal of Synchrotron Radiation 2016, 23 (1), 374–380.
https://doi.org/10.1107/S1600577515018688.
(262) Nguyen, P. H.; Schmithorst, M. B.; Mates, T. E.; Segalman, R. A.; Chabinyc, M.
Diffusion of Brønsted Acidic Dopants in Conjugated Polymers. Journal of Materials
Chemistry C 2023, 11 (22), 7462–7470. https://doi.org/10.1039/D3TC00415E.
213